Attached files

file filename
EX-5.1 - Tsingda eEDU Corpc66790_ex5-1.htm
EX-23.2 - Tsingda eEDU Corpc66790_ex23-2.htm
EX-23.1 - Tsingda eEDU Corpc66790_ex23-1.htm

 

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2011

Registration No. 333-        

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

 

TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION

 

 


 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


 

 

 

Cayman Islands

8200

N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of

(Primary Standard Industrial

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

Classification Code Number)

Identification Number)

No. 0620, Yongleyingshiwenhuanan Rd., Yongledian Town,
Tongzhou District, Beijing, PR China
86 10-68609290/9301
(Address including zip code, and telephone number of
registrant’s principal executive offices)

Mr. Kang Chungmai
No. 0620, Yongleyingshiwenhuanan Rd., Yongledian Town,
Tongzhou District, Beijing, PR China
86 10-62699290/9301
( Name, address, including zip code, and
telephone number of Agent for Service
)

with copies to
Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
150 East 42 nd Street
New York, NY 10017
Tel: (212) 370-1300
Fax: (212) 370-7889

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer

o

Accelerated filer

o

 

Non-accelerated filer

o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

x



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title of each class of securities to be registered

 

Amount
to be
registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Offering
price
per share (1)

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
price

 

Amount of
Registration
fee

 











 

Ordinary Shares, par value $0.000384 (2)

 

 

3,000,000

 

$

4.56

 

$

13,680,000

 

$

1,588.25

 















 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

 

 

$

13,680,000

 

$

1,588.25

 


 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933 based on the price of our Ordinary Shares purchased in a private placement of Ordinary Shares which initially closed on July 21, 2011. Currently, there is no trading market for our Ordinary Shares.

(2)

The shares being registered for resale by certain of the selling stockholder were issued in connection with a private placement and pursuant to the terms of a Securities Purchase Agreement.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a) may determine.


THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. THE SELLING STOCKHOLDER MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 31, 2011

PROSPECTUS
TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION

3,000,000 ORDINARY SHARES

This prospectus relates to 3,000,000 of our ordinary shares, par value $.000384 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), which may be sold from time to time by the selling shareholder named in this prospectus.

The selling shareholder named in this prospectus is offering all of the Ordinary Shares offered through this prospectus. The securities offered for resale hereby were issued to the selling stockholder in a private placement completed prior to the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The selling shareholders named in this prospectus are offering all of the Ordinary Shares offered through this prospectus. All of the shares, when sold, will be sold by the selling stockholder. Unless and until such time as the Company’s ordinary shares are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on an over-the-counter market, such dispositions by the selling shareholder, if any, will be made only at a price between $5 and $10. Thereafter, dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices.

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our Ordinary Shares by the selling shareholder.

Our Ordinary Shares are presently not traded on any market or securities exchange.

The purchase of the securities offered through this prospectus involves a high degree of risk. See Section Entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

No underwriter or person has been engaged to facilitate the sale of Ordinary Shares in this offering. None of the proceeds from the sale of stock by the selling stockholders will be placed in escrow, trust or any similar account.

We may amend or supplement this prospectus from time to time by filing amendments or supplements as required. You should read the entire prospectus and any amendments or supplements carefully before you make your investment decision.

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

The date of this prospectus is ____________, 2011.

1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAGE NO.

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

3

 

ABOUT THIS OFFERING

 

6

 

RISK FACTORS

 

8

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

18

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

18

 

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

18

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

 

19

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

20

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

21

 

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

 

44

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

45

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

 

66

 

MANAGEMENT

 

68

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

69

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

71

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

72

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

72

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

73

 

EXPERTS

 

73

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

74

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

 

2


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in the securities. Before making an investment decision, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the “risk factors” section, the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements.

In this prospectus, unless otherwise specified, all monetary amounts are in U.S. dollars. All renminbi, or RMB, amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the June 30, 2011 noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers of RMB as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, being $1.00 = RMB6.5465.

Except where the context otherwise requires and for the purposes of this prospectus only:

 

 

 

 

“We,” “us,” “our company,” “our,” and “Compass” refer to the combined business of Tsingda eEDU Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates, but do not include the shareholders of Tsingda eEDU Corporation;

 

 

 

 

“Tsingda Technology” refers to Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co. Ltd., a British Virgin Islands business company, which is our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

“Tsingda Management” refers to Beijing Tsingda Century Management Consulting Ltd., a wholly foreign owned enterprise incorporated under the laws of the PRC, which is our indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

“Tsingda Education” refers to Beijing Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co. Ltd., our contractually controlled affiliate and the PRC operating company;

 

 

 

 

“Tsingda Network” refers to Beijing Tsingda Century Network Technology Co. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Tsingda Education;

 

 

 

 

“China,” “Chinese” and “PRC,” refer to the People’s Republic of China;

 

 

 

 

“Renminbi” and “RMB” refer to the legal currency of China; and

 

 

 

 

“U.S. dollars,” “dollars” and “$” refer to the legal currency of the United States.

We effected a consolidation of every three shares of our authorized share capital into 1 share on November 15, 2010. Unless otherwise stated, all share and per share amounts in this prospectus have been adjusted to reflect post consolidation amounts.

Our Company

Business Overview

We are an online provider of supplementary educational services in China. All of our courses are broadcast online, and are consumed either in private or at one of our learning centers. As of June 30, 2011, there were 2,496 Tsingda Learning Centers across China, which includes 32 Company-owned learning centers and 2,464 franchised learning centers. Since most of our learning centers are franchised locations, we generate most of our revenues through franchise licensing fees and sales of “e-cards” by franchisees to students, which are pre-paid “credit” cards used by our students to purchase our individual courses. Our franchisees pay an initial franchise licensing fee of between $7,000 and $10,000 per location depending on franchise territory, and thereafter, franchisees pay an annual management fee equal to 10% of their initial franchise licensing fee. A franchisee receives e-cards from the Company with a face value equal to five times the amount of franchise and management fees paid. Our franchisees also have the option to purchase additional e-cards at the same 80% discount. Franchisees earn revenues from the sale of e-cards to students at face value. In other words, for every dollar spent by our students, our franchisees receive eighty cents. With respect to the remaining twenty cents, the Company splits this on a 40%-60% basis with teachers in connection with real-time courses and on a 90%-10% basis with teachers in connection with pre-recorded courses. Factoring in the discount taken by our franchisees and revenue splitting with our teachers, the Company earns 18% of revenues generated from sales of e-cards used for pre-recorded courses and 8% of revenues generated from sales of e-cards used for real-time courses. Each e-card has a specific serial number, and our IT server tracks the opening and usage of these cards in real time. We use this information in order to accurately allocate revenues among teachers.

3


Our online educational services consist of pre-recorded courses and a web based platform called the “Tsingda Virtual Internet Classroom” where students and teachers can interact remotely in either a one-on-one or classroom setting. As of June 30, 2011, we had a total of 7,993,458 “registered” and 1,563,384 “active” students. Of these students 7,466,321 students are registered and 1,461,587 are active through our learning centers, and 527,137 students are registered and 101,797 are active through our Tsingda Virtual Internet Classroom. We classify students who have provided us with their personal information as “registered.” Registered students who have purchased an e-card or are using an e-card to purchase our courses are classified as “active.” Students who have purchased an e-card and have not used an e-card for more than one year are de-classified from active status and classified as registered.

In November 2010 we began offering live courses through our company-owned learning centers which are all located in Beijing. Depending on the initial response to these live courses, we may consider expanding our live course offerings to Company-owned learning centers in other first-tier cities. We do not intend to offer live courses through our franchise-owned learning centers, nor do we intend that any of our Company-owned learning centers will become solely dedicated to live course offerings.

Live courses are taught on either a one-to-one basis or with up to 10 students. As with all of our course offerings, students purchase live courses by purchasing e-cards. Students can choose any combination of live, online or pre-recorded courses for all of their education needs. We charge more for live courses than for online or pre-recorded courses. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, revenue generated from providing live courses was less than 3% of our total revenues.

For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we generated $17,090,536 in gross revenues, which represents an 80.53% increase from gross revenues of $9,467,108 for the comparable period in 2010. Our pre-tax net income for the six month period ended June 30, 2011was $3.41 million, which represents a 52.78% decrease from pre-tax net income of $5.21 million for the comparable period in 2010..

On September 16, 2010, we completed a unit financing with certain accredited investors pursuant to which we received total gross proceeds of $9.6 million. Each unit consisted of one ordinary share and a stock purchase warrant to purchase 35% of the number of Ordinary Shares purchased in the financing. The warrant exercise price is $2.08 per share, subject to adjustment, and the warrant term is five (5) years.

On November 15, 2010, we held a special meeting of our shareholders (“Special Meeting”) at our principal offices in Beijing, China. At the Special Meeting, shareholders approved two proposals (i) to change the corporate name from Compass Acquisition Corporation to Tsingda eEDU Corporation and (ii) to affect a three-for-one (3 to 1) consolidation of the Company’s issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares and to increase the amount of the Company’s authorized Ordinary Shares from 39,062,500 Ordinary Shares to 100,000,000 Ordinary Shares. The name change of the Company to Tsingda eEDU Corporation and the three-for-one consolidation and increase in the Company’s authorized share capital was effective immediately following shareholder approval.

On July 12, 2011, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with AMI Corporation, as the investor, in connection with a private placement of 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares at a price of $4.56 per share. On July 21, 2011, we closed an initial $5,000,000 tranche and on August 23, 2011, we received the balance of $8,680,000, for total proceeds of $13,680,000. Under the terms of our agreement with AMI we are obligated, by July 12, 2012, to have our Ordinary Shares listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, NASDAQ Global Market or New York Stock Exchange. Subject to our obtaining such listing, AMI has agreed not to sell any of the 3,000,000 shares for six months and limit to 600,000, the number of shares it will sell during the next succeeding six months. Under the securities purchase agreement with AMI, the Company agreed to file an initial registration statement to register the Ordinary Shares for resale in a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 45 days from the initial closing, and to make such registration statement effective within 180 days from the initial closing. The filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is intended to satisfy our obligations under the securities purchase agreement.

On August 21, 2011, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase transaction in the amount of $6,187,500 to repurchase 1,875,000 of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares from Zhong Hui Rong (Fujian) Fund Ltd. The repurchase occured in a privately negotiated transaction, as there currently is no public trading market for the Company’s ordinary shares. In connection with the repurchase of such shares, Zhong Hui Rong (Fujian) Fund Ltd. agreed to cancel 656,250 warrants held by Zhong Hui Rong (Fujian) Fund Ltd.

The Industry

The People’s Republic of China (PRC) represents approximately one quarter of the global population. According to information published by the PRC government, our target population market as of June 30, 2011 is approximately 360 million individuals. The group is comprised of: infants and children below school age (6) - 160 million; primary school students - 110 million; junior high school students - 60 million; and senior high school students 30 million.

Organizational History

We were organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands on September 27, 2006. Tsingda Technology was organized under the laws of British Virgin Islands on December 11, 2009. Tsingda Management was organized under the laws of the PRC on November 26, 2007. Tsingda Education was organized under the laws of the PRC on October 23, 2003. Tsingda Network was organized under the laws of the PRC on February 14, 2004.

4


On April 22, 2010, Tsingda Century Training School (“Tsingda School”) was incorporated in Beijing, as a wholly owned subsidiary of Tsingda Education. The Company, through its subsidiary Tsingda School, acquired a license from the PRC government to issue course completion certificates to students. These certificates are not equivalency degrees, but rather these certificates acknowledge that a student has passed a particular course offered by Tsingda.

On May 24, 2010, we acquired Tsingda Technology. The transaction was treated for accounting purposes as a capital transaction and recapitalization by Tsingda Technology, the accounting acquirer, and as a re-organization by Compass, the accounting acquiree. Compass (now Tsingda eEdu Corporation) is the legal acquirer and Tsingda Technology the legal acquiree.

Tsingda Technology owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Tsingda Management. On April 26, 2010, Tsingda Management entered into a series of contractual agreements with Tsingda Education, and its shareholders, in which Tsingda Management assumed management of the business activities of Tsingda Education. Namely, these contractual agreements consist of: (i) a consulting services agreement, (ii) an operating agreement, (iii) an equity pledge agreement, (iv) a voting rights proxy agreement, and (v) an option agreement. We rely on these agreements to, among other things, generate all our revenues, control the business activities of Tsingda Education, appoint all of its executives, senior management and the members of its board of directors, and at our option, purchase all the outstanding equity of Tsingda Education. If one or more of these contractual agreements are terminated or ruled unenforcable, we could lose control of Tsingda Education, which will materially and adversely affect our revenues and future growth prospects. See “Risk Factors” beginning on Page 8.

The Wholly-Foreign Owned Enterprise Law (1986), as amended, and The Wholly-Foreign Owned Enterprise Law Implementing Rules (1990), as amended and the Company Law of the PRC (2006), contain the principal regulations governing dividend distributions by wholly foreign owned enterprises. Under these regulations, wholly foreign owned enterprises may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Additionally, such companies are required to set aside a certain amount of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation and cannot be used for working capital purposes. The PRC central government also imposes controls on the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of the PRC. We may experience difficulties in completing the administrative procedures necessary to obtain and remit foreign currency for the payment of dividends from the Company’s profits.

Furthermore, if our subsidiaries or affiliates in China incur debt on their own in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other payments. If we or our subsidiaries are unable to receive all of the revenues from our operations through these contractual or dividend arrangements, we may be unable to pay dividends on our Ordinary Shares.

The risks described above and other risks in connection with an investment in our securities are found in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 8. You should carefully read and consider the information in the “Risk Factors” section before making an investment in our securities.

Corporate Structure

Our organization structure is depicted below:

(FLOW CHART)

5


ABOUT THIS OFFERING

This prospectus relates to the resale by the selling stockholder identified in this prospectus of up to 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares. The securities offered for resale hereby were issued to the selling stockholder in a private placement completed prior to the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The selling shareholders named in this prospectus are offering all of the Ordinary Shares offered through this prospectus. All of the shares, when sold, will be sold by the selling stockholder. Unless and until such time as the Company’s ordinary shares are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on an over-the-counter market, such dispositions by the selling shareholder, if any, will be made only at a price between $5.00 and $10.00. Thereafter, dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Ordinary Shares by the selling stockholder.

 

 

Ordinary Shares Offered:

3,000,000 Ordinary Shares.

 

Ordinary Shares Outstanding prior to Offering:

35,754,862

 

 

 

 

Ordinary Shares Outstanding after Offering

35,754,862

 

 

Use of Proceeds:

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares subject to sale by the selling stockholder under this prospectus.

6


Summary Consolidated Financial Information

The following table summarizes selected historical financial data regarding our business and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

The summary consolidated statement of income for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 respectively and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Tsingda Technology included elsewhere in this prospectus. Tsingda Technology conducts all our business operations and became our wholly-owned subsidiary on May 24, 2010. We derived our summary consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 respectively from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that our management considers necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations as of the dates and for the periods presented. The results of operations for past accounting periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future accounting period.

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December
31, 2010

 

December
31, 2009

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Audited)

 

(Audited)

 

 

 


 


 

Cash

 

$

4,086,214

 

$

458,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

 

43,453,932

 

 

17,243,696

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

9,792,960

 

 

3,732,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

33,660,972

 

 

13,511,452

 

Statement of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended
December
31, 2010
(audited)

 

Year Ended
December
31, 2009
(audited)

 

 

 


 


 

Revenues

 

$

27,447,545

 

$

14,650,863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Tax Net Income

 

 

12,135,737

 

 

7,120,130

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

Cash

 

$

1,945,964

 

$

4,086,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

 

49,315,992

 

 

43,453,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

10,892,275

 

 

9,792,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

38,423,717

 

 

33,660,972

 

Statement of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Month
Period
Ended
June 30, 2011

 

Six Month
Period
Ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

Revenue

 

$

17,090,536

 

$

9,467,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Tax Net Income

 

 

3,413,197

 

 

5,214,682

 

7


RISK FACTORS

An investment in our Ordinary Shares is speculative and involves a high degree of risk and uncertainty. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of our Company, before deciding to invest in our Ordinary Shares. The risks described below are not the only ones facing our Company. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we presently consider immaterial may also adversely affect our Company. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of our Ordinary Shares could be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We have a limited operating history and we may not be able to sustain the growth in our business.

Our limited operating history and the early stage of development of the online education industry in which we operate makes it difficult to evaluate our business and future prospects. Although our annual growth rate of sales revenue from the six month period ended June 30, 2011 to the comparable period in 2010 was approximately 80.53%, there is no assurance that we will be able to sustain such growth in the future. We may have negative growth, which in turn may impair our business operations and profitability.

Furthermore, our largest shareholder, Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd., a Belize corporation controlled by Zhang Hui, our chairman and CEO, has entered into a securities escrow agreement with respect to the 6,000,000 Ordinary Shares (the “Escrowed Shares”) owned by it. If the Company’s net income for the fiscal year 2011 is less than $13,500,000, the escrow agent shall transfer to the investors in our 2010 private placement, on a pro-rata basis, an amount of Escrow Shares equal to the percentage of variation from the 2011 performance threshold times the total number of Escrow Shares. Any Escrow Shares not distributed to such investors following the release of fiscal year 2011 information will be returned to Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd. Therefore, if we cannot meet these performance targets, there may be a significant change in the ownership of our outstanding shares.

The market for the services that we provide is still emerging and evolving rapidly, and we may not be able to adapt our business.

The market for educational services is still evolving in the PRC. Our success will depend to a large extent on the perceived benefit that our services provide to our customers, who are mainly students. Therefore we will need to increase awareness of our products, protect our reputation and develop customer loyalty among our customers, anticipate and adapt to changing conditions in the markets in which we operate.

Increased funding of educational programs by the local or national government may negatively impact our business.

It is possible that increased funding of educational programs would result in either greater competition or reduced demand for our products and services. For example, increased funding of educational programs may lead to nationwide student access to online educational courses and services, as well as publicly available state-sponsored learning centers. Increased online access could dramatically increase the demand for online supplemental education, which could be expected to lead to an increase in the number of private competitors we face. The government may also determine to compete with us directly by offering supplemental education services, and would be able to undercut our prices and adversely affect the demand for our products and services.

Additional funding of education may also reduce the overall demand for supplemental education in the event such funds are used to better educate students in the primary and secondary schools. To the extent the quality of education in schools increases, the need for supplemental education may decrease. In any of such events, we would expect our results of operations and future growth prospects to be harmed.

We may have difficulty executing our plan to expand our business, which may negatively impact our operations.

In order to expand our business operations we will need to (i) increase the number of our learning centers, (ii) scale and adapt our existing network infrastructure to accommodate increased systems traffic and (iii) increase our marketing efforts. Through 2011, we expect to open approximately 600 additional franchised locations. We plan on a broad scale brand promotion campaign, and we will need significantly more computing power as traffic within our system increases and our learning center locations expand. We will be required to spend significant capital and resources to manage our additional franchises, execute our promotional campaign and to purchase equipment, and upgrade our technology and network infrastructure to handle increased Internet traffic. In this regard, we have budgeted approximately $1.2 million for our marketing campaign, approximately $1.4 million for IT expenditures, and approximately $1.8 million to add and improve our course content. We expect to generate the funds necessary for our expansion through our existing cash flow. If we fail to expend sufficient capital to execute our growth strategy, our operating results will be harmed.

8


Problems with content delivery services, bandwidth providers, data centers or other third parties could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business relies significantly on third-party vendors, such as data centers, content delivery services and bandwidth providers. While no single vendor is material to our operations, if any third-party vendor fails to provide their services or if their services are no longer available to us for any reason and we are not immediately able to find replacement providers, our business, financial conditions or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Additionally, any disruption in network access or related services provided by these third-party providers or any failure of these third-party providers to handle current or higher volumes of use could significantly harm our business operations. If our service is disrupted, we may lose revenues due to our inability to provide services to our franchised learning centers and we may be obligated to compensate these franchisees for their loss. Our reputation also may suffer in the event of a disruption. Any financial or other difficulties our providers face may negatively impact our business and we are unable to predict the nature and extent of any such impact. We exercise very little control over these third-party vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the services they provide. Any errors, failures, interruptions or delays experienced in connection with these third-party technologies and information services could negatively impact our relationships with our franchisees and materially adversely affect our brand reputation and our business, financial condition or results of operations and expose us to liabilities to third parties.

Our data centers are vulnerable to natural disasters, terrorism and system failures that could significantly harm our business operations and lead to client dissatisfaction.

In delivering our solutions, we are dependent on the operation of our data centers and bandwidth providers, which are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, terrorist attacks, war, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, computer denial of service attacks or other attempts to harm our system, and similar events. We do not have insurance to cover any losses. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. The occurrence of a natural disaster, a terrorist attack, a provider’s decision to close a facility we are using without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at our data centers could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. Interruptions in our service could reduce our revenues and profits, and our brand reputation could be damaged if customers believe our system is unreliable, which could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be adversely affected by malicious third-party software applications that interfere with the function of our technology.

Our business may be adversely affected by malicious software applications that make changes to operating computers and interfere with our technology. These applications may attempt to change users’ experience in using our virtual classrooms or teaching modules at our learning centers, including changing configurations of our user interface, or otherwise interfering with our ability to connect with users. The interference may occur without disclosure to or consent from users, resulting in a negative experience that users may associate with our solutions. These software applications may be difficult or impossible to uninstall or disable, may reinstall themselves and may circumvent other applications’ efforts to block or remove them. If our efforts to combat these malicious software applications are unsuccessful, our reputation may be harmed, and users may be reluctant to use our services. This could result in a decline in usage of our educational services and corresponding revenues, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We have experienced, and continue to experience, rapid growth in our operations and headcount, which has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. If we do not effectively manage our growth, the quality of our solutions and services could suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and operating results. To effectively manage this growth, we will need to continue to improve, among other things:

 

 

 

 

our information and communication systems to ensure that our operations are well coordinated and that we can effectively communicate with our growing base of franchisees and users;

 

 

 

 

our systems of internal controls to ensure timely and accurate reporting of all of our operations; and

 

 

 

 

our information technology infrastructure to maintain the effectiveness of our systems.

9


In order to enhance and improve these systems we will be required to make significant capital expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources. If the improvements are not implemented successfully, our ability to manage our growth will be impaired and we may have to make additional expenditures to address these issues, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we do not reach certain business milestones, our largest shareholder would suffer contractual penalties which would cause a significant change in the ownership of our outstanding shares.

Our largest shareholder, Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd., a Belize corporation controlled by Zhang Hui, our chairman and CEO, has entered into a securities escrow agreement with respect to the Escrowed Shares. If the Company’s net income for fiscal year 2011 is less than $13,500,000, the escrow agent shall transfer to the investors in our September 2010 private placement, on a pro-rata basis, an amount of Escrow Shares equal to the percentage of variation from the 2011 performance threshold times the total number of Escrow Shares. Any Escrow Shares not distributed to such investors following the release of fiscal year 2011 information will be returned to Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd. Therefore, if we cannot meet these performance targets, there may be a significant change in the ownership of our outstanding shares.

We may incur significant costs to ensure compliance with United States corporate governance and accounting requirements.

We may incur significant costs associated with our public company reporting requirements, costs associated with newly applicable corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and other rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We expect all of the applicable rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. We also expect that these rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. We currently estimate our annual costs for such compliance to be approximately $280,000, however we cannot predict the amount of future compliance costs or other additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these newly applicable rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

We are dependent upon key personnel and the loss of key personnel, or the inability to hire or retain qualified personnel, could have an adverse effect on our business and operations.

Our success is heavily dependent on the continued active participation of our current executive officers listed under “Management.” Loss of the services of one or more of our officers could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition or results of operations. Further, our success and achievement of our growth plans depend on our ability to recruit, hire, train and retain other highly qualified technical and managerial personnel. Competition for qualified employees among companies in the PRC is intense, and the loss of any of such persons, or an inability to attract, retain and motivate any additional highly skilled employees required for the expansion of our activities, could have a materially adverse effect on us. The inability on our part to attract and retain the necessary personnel and consultants and advisors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

As of June 30, 2011, we had a total of approximately 356 employees in our offices in the PRC. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain a prolonged good relationship with our existing or ex-employees and that no labor disruptions will occur in the future. Should any industrial action or labor unrest occur, our business operations could be adversely affected.

Potential claims alleging infringement of third party’s intellectual property by us could harm our ability to compete and result in significant expense to us and loss of significant rights.

Our operations are technology driven, and we have sought patent and copyright protection for our key software packages. However, we may confront, from time to time, third parties that may assert patent, copyright, and other intellectual property rights to these and other software packages which are important to our business. Any claims that our products or processes infringe the intellectual property rights of others, regardless of the merit or resolution of such claims, could cause us to incur significant costs in responding to, defending, and resolving such claims, and may divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel away from the business. As a result of such intellectual property infringement claims, we could be required or otherwise decide it is appropriate to pay third-party infringement claims; discontinue using the technology or processes subject to infringement claims which would include the software relating to our learning centers and virtual classrooms; develop other technology not subject to infringement claims, which could be time-consuming and costly or may not be possible; and/or license technology from the third-party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could result in unexpected expenses or require us to recognize an impairment of our assets, which would reduce the value of the assets and increase expenses. In addition, if we are required to discontinue the use of existing software, our revenue could be negatively impacted.

10


Risks Related to our Corporate Structure

Our principal shareholder is able to control substantially all matters requiring a vote of our shareholders and its interests may differ from the interests of our other shareholders.

Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd., a Belize corporation (not to be confused with Tsingda Technology, a BVI corporation, which is our direct-wholly-owned subsidiary), is our majority shareholder and beneficially owns approximately 33.8% of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares. Mr. Zhang Hui, our Chairman and President, is an officer and majority owner of this company. Therefore, Mr. Zhang is able to exert substantial control on all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of our directors and officers. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a future change of control, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our shares.

The contractual agreements with Tsingda Education are not as effective as direct ownership. Because we rely on Tsingda Education for our revenue, any termination of, or disruption to, these contractual arrangements could detrimentally affect our business.

Presently all of our business operations are carried out by Tsingda Education, and its wholly owned subsidiary, Tsingda Network. We do not own any equity interests in Tsingda Education, but control and receive the economic benefits of its business operations through various contractual arrangements. Through these contractual arrangements, we have the ability to substantially control the daily operations and financial affairs of Tsingda Education, as we are able to appoint its senior executives and approve all matters requiring shareholder approval. Accordingly, we consolidate Tsingda Education results, assets and liabilities in our financial statements.

However, these contractual agreements may be terminated under certain circumstances. Generally the PRC has substantially less experience related to the enforcement of contractual rights through its judiciary or the arbitration process as compared to the United States or the Cayman Islands. This inexperience presents the risk that the judiciary or arbitrators in the PRC may be reluctant to enforce contractual rights, interpret these rights and remedies differently than what was intended by the parties to the agreements, or find that such contractual agreements do not comply with restrictions in current PRC laws. A PRC court may also set aside an arbitration award by reason of any defect the court considers to be present in the arbitration proceeding, remedies at law may not be adequate and a PRC court may not order specific performance. In addition, any legal proceeding may result in substantial costs, disruptions to our business, damage to our reputation and diversion of our resources.

If Tsingda Education or its shareholders fail to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to rely on legal remedies under PRC laws, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, and there is a risk that we may be unable to obtain these remedies. Therefore our contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing control over Tsingda Education as direct ownership. Because we rely on Tsingda Education for our revenue, any termination of or disruption to these contractual arrangements could detrimentally affect our business.

If the PRC government determines that our agreements with these companies are not in compliance with applicable regulations, our business in the PRC could be adversely affected.

The Chinese government restricts foreign investment in education and Internet-related businesses, including distribution of content over the Internet. We cannot be sure that the PRC government would view our operating arrangements to be in compliance with PRC licensing, registration, restrictions on foreign investment or other regulatory requirements, including without limitation the requirements described in the “Government Regulations” section of this prospectus. If we are determined not to be in compliance, the PRC government could levy fines, revoke our business and operating licenses, require us to discontinue or restrict our operations, restrict our right to collect revenues, block our website, require us to restructure our business, corporate structure or operations, impose additional conditions or requirements with which we may not be able to comply, impose restrictions on our business operations or on our customers, or take other regulatory or enforcement actions against us that could be harmful to our business. We may also encounter difficulties in obtaining performance under or enforcement of related contracts.

In addition, our agreements are governed by the PRC laws and regulations. PRC laws and regulations concerning the validity of the contractual arrangements are uncertain, as many of these laws and regulations are relatively new and may be subject to change, and their official interpretation and enforcement by the PRC government may involve substantial uncertainty.

We may not be able to consolidate the financial results of some of our affiliated companies or such consolidation could materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

All of our business is conducted through Tsingda Education which currently is considered for accounting purposes a variable interest entity (“VIE”), and we are considered the primary beneficiary, enabling us to consolidate our financial results in our consolidated financial statements. We have also received a legal opinion from our PRC legal counsel that the VIE Agreements are valid and enforceable under PRC Laws. In the event that in the future a company we hold as a VIE would no longer meet the definition of a VIE, or we are deemed not to be the primary beneficiary, we would not be able to consolidate line by line that entity’s financial results in our consolidated financial statements for PRC purposes. Also, if in the future an affiliate company becomes a VIE and we become the primary beneficiary, we would be required to consolidate that entity’s financial results in our consolidated financial statements for PRC purposes. If such entity’s financial results were negative, this could have a corresponding negative impact on our operating results for PRC purposes. However, any material variations in the accounting principles, practices and methods used in preparing financial statements for PRC purposes from the principles, practices and methods generally accepted in the United States and in the SEC accounting regulations must be discussed, quantified and reconciled in financial statements for United States and SEC purposes.

11


We rely on certain contractual agreements between Tsingda Management and Tsingda Education, and if any of these agreements are terminated or unenforceable, our business and operations will be materially and adversely affected. In the event of termination or unenforceability of any of these agreements, our financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may be materially harmed.

We rely on the VIE Agreements between our wholly-owned subsidiary, Tsingda Management, and our variable interest entity, Tsingda Education to control Tsingda Education.

Under the terms of the exclusive consulting services agreement, Tsingda Management has the exclusive right to provide business consulting and related services to Tsingda Education in connection with its business operations. Under this agreement, Tsingda Management owns the intellectual property rights arising from the performance of these services, including, but not limited to, any trade secrets, copyrights, patents, know-how, unpatented methods and processes and otherwise, whether developed by Tsingda Management or Tsingda Education based on Tsingda Management’s provision of such services under the agreement. Tsingda Education pays quarterly consulting service fees to Tsingda Management that are equal 100% of Tsingda Education’s total net profit for such quarter. The consulting services agreement is in effect from April 26, 2010 and continues indefinitely unless terminated by (a) Tsingda Management upon a material breach by Tsingda Education; (b) bankruptcy by either Tsingda Management or Tsingda Education; (c) by either Tsingda Management or Tsingda Education in the event Tsingda Management ceases operations or (d) by either Tsingda Management or Tsingda Education in the event circumstances arise which materially adversely affects the performance of either party under the consulting agreement. Because 100% of our revenues are generated from Tsingda Education pursuant to this agreement, if this agreement is terminated or not enforceable, we will not be able to generate any revenues.

Under the terms of the operating agreement by and among Tsingda Management, Tsingda Education and the shareholders of Tsingda Education, Tsingda Management has the right to direct the corporate policies regarding Tsingda Education’s daily operations and financial management, including the power to appoint the members of Tsingda Education’s board of directors as well as its executive officers. The operating agreement is effective for an indefinite term under the laws of the PRC, and may only be terminated by Tsingda Management. Because we rely on the operating agreement to control the business operations of Tsingda Education, if this agreement is terminated or not enforceable, we may lose the ability to control the management and operations of Tsingda Education.

Under the terms of the equity pledge agreement, Tsingda Education pledged all of its assets to Tsingda Management for a term of two years following Tsingda Education meeting all of its obligations under the consulting services agreement. If this agreement is terminated or not enforceable, we may not have any adequate security or remedy against Tsingda Education should Tsingda Education breach its obligations under the consulting services agreement.

Under the terms of the voting rights agreement by and among Tsingda Management, Tsingda Education and the shareholders of Tsingda Education, the shareholders of Tsingda Education irrevocably grant and entrust Tsingda Management, for the maximum period of time permitted by PRC law, all voting rights in Tsingda Education. Because we rely on the voting rights agreement to vote on all matters submitted to Tsingda Education’s shareholders for their approval, if this agreement is terminated or not enforceable, shareholders of Tsingda Education may take shareholder initiatives that may not be in our best interests.

Under the terms of the option agreement by and among Tsingda Management, Tsingda Education and the shareholders of Tsingda Education, Tsingda Management has the option to purchase from the shareholders of Tsingda Education, all the outstanding shares of Tsingda Education. The option agreement is effective for the maximum period allowable under the laws of the PRC, and may only be terminated by Tsingda Management. In the event we are not able to control Tsingda Education through our other contractual arrangement, we would need to rely on the option agreement to purchase all the outstanding shares of Tsingda Education. In such an event, if the option agreement is terminated or not enforceable, then we may lose control of Tsingda Education.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

PRC economic, political and social conditions, as well as changes in any government policies, laws and regulations, could adversely affect the overall economy in China or the prospects of the education market, which in turn could adversely affect our business.

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our revenues are derived from China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and certain transactions we may undertake are subject, to a significant extent, to economic, political and legal developments in China.

The PRC economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past two to three decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. Demand for our services may depend, in large part, on economic conditions in China. Any slowdown in China’s economic growth may cause families to reduce the use of our services for their children, which in turn could reduce our net revenues.

12


Although the PRC economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy since the late 1970s, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing ongoing policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling the incurrence and payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Changes in any of these policies, laws and regulations could adversely affect the overall economy in China or the prospects of the education market, which could harm our business.

The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage foreign investment and sustainable economic growth and to guide the allocation of financial and other resources, which have for the most part had a positive effect on our business and growth. However, we cannot assure you that the PRC government will not repeal or alter these measures or introduce new measures that will have a negative effect on us.

China’s social and political conditions are also not as stable as those of the United States and other developed countries. Any sudden changes to China’s political system or the occurrence of widespread social unrest could have negative effects on our business and results of operations. In addition, China has tumultuous relations with some of its neighbors and a significant further deterioration in such relations could have negative effects on the PRC economy and lead to changes in governmental policies that would be adverse to our business interests

Failure to comply with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits United States companies from engaging in bribery or other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Foreign companies, including some that may compete with us, are not subject to these prohibitions. Corruption, extortion, bribery, pay-offs, theft and other fraudulent practices occur from time-to-time in the PRC. We can make no assurance, however, that our employees or other agents will not engage in such conduct for which we might be held responsible. To date, we have taken no steps to prevent violations of the FCPA other than the adoption of a code of ethics. Although we intend to adopt a code of ethics to ensure compliance with the FCPA and Chinese anti-corruption laws by all individuals involved with our company, our employees or other agents may engage in such conduct for which we might be held responsible. If our employees or other agents are found to have engaged in such practices, we could suffer severe penalties and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

PRC regulations regarding offshore financing activities by PRC residents have undertaken continuous changes which may increase the administrative burden we face and create regulatory uncertainties that could adversely affect our business.

On August 8, 2006, the PRC Ministry of Commerce (“MOFCOM”), joined by the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”), the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) as well as other government agencies, released a Provisions for Foreign Investors to Merge with or Acquire Domestic Enterprises (“M&A Regulation”), which took effect September 8, 2006 and was amended in 2009. These new rules significantly revised China’s regulatory framework governing onshore-to-offshore restructurings and foreign acquisitions of domestic enterprises. These new rules reflect greater PRC government attention to cross-border merger, acquisition and other investment activities, by confirming MOFCOM as a key regulator for issues related to mergers and acquisitions in China and requiring MOFCOM approval of a broad range of merger, acquisition and investment transactions. According to the new M&A Regulation, a related-party acquisition in which an offshore Company-owned or controlled by a PRC resident acquires a domestic company controlled by the same PRC resident shall be subject to the approval of MOFCOM.

Among other things, the M&A Regulation also included new provisions to require that the overseas listing of an offshore company which is directly or indirectly controlled by a PRC resident for the purpose of overseas listing of such PRC resident’s interests in a domestic company, known as a “special purpose company”, must obtain the approval of CSRC prior to the listing.

We believe that our current VIE structure avoids the acquisition transaction which is directly the target under scrutiny of the M&A Regulation, including the requirement of CSRC approval. No PRC regulatory authority has stated that this type of structure is subject to the M&A Regulations and we know of no similar VIE structure that has been reviewed under the M&A Regulations. Thus, in its current practice, it appears the M&A Regulation does not apply to our corporate structure.

However, the application of this M&A Regulation remains uncertain since neither MOFCOM nor CSRC has approved any Chinese company’s foreign listing. There is no consensus currently existing among the leading PRC law firms regarding the scope and applicability of the MOFCOM or CSRC approval requirements. If the MOFCOM, CSRC or other PRC regulatory body subsequently determines that the new M&A Regulation applies to our situation and CSRC’s approval was required for this offering, we may face sanctions by the MOFCOM, CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. In such event, these regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limit our operating privileges in the PRC, delay or restrict the repatriation of funds to our offshore companies, or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our securities.

We may be subject to PRC penalties and may be required to forfeit $100,000 if our PRC resident shareholders including Zhang Hui, our chairman and CEO, and Liu Juntao, our Executive Vice President do not obtain SAFE Circular 75 approval of their ownership of our shares.

13


Under PRC law, a PRC resident is required to obtain approval from SAFE when such PRC resident acquires securities of a foreign company. In that respect, all nineteen of our PRC resident shareholders including Zhang Hui, our chairman and CEO, and Liu Juntao, our Executive Vice President, are required to obtain SAFE approval of the shares indirectly held by them. If they fail to obtain SAFE approval, we may be subject to penalties under PRC law. Failure to obtain the approval may result in restrictions on the Company, including prohibitions on the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore affiliates and capital inflow from the offshore entities.

We have requested our shareholders and beneficial owners who may be subject to SAFE rules to make the necessary applications, filings and amendments as required under SAFE rules. We have advised these shareholders and beneficial owners to comply with the relevant requirements. To date, the required filings are underway for all of our PRC resident shareholders. However, we cannot provide any assurance that all of our shareholders and beneficial owners who may be PRC residents will comply with our request to make or obtain any applicable registrations or comply with other requirements required by SAFE rules. Under the terms of our Holdback Escrow Agreement, the failure or inability of Zhang Hui or Liu Juntao (but not our other PRC resident shareholders) to make any required registrations or comply with other requirements may result in the forfeiture of $100,000 currently held in escrow for our benefit, may subject such shareholders or beneficial owners to fines and legal sanctions and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into or provide loans to our PRC subsidiaries, limit the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise distribute profits to us, or otherwise adversely affect us.

Under the EIT Law, we may be classified as a “resident enterprise” of the PRC. Such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.

Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with “de facto management bodies” within China is considered a “resident enterprise,” meaning that it can be treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, although the dividends paid to one resident enterprise from another may qualify as “tax-exempt income.” The implementing rules of the EIT Law define de facto management as “substantial and overall management and control over the production and operations, personnel, accounting, and properties” of the enterprise. The EIT Law and its implementing rules are relatively new and ambiguous in terms of some definitions, requirements and detailed procedures, and currently no official interpretation or application of this new “resident enterprise” classification is available; therefore, it is unclear how tax authorities will determine tax residency based on the facts of each case.

We have been advised by our PRC legal counsel that we are, under the EIT Law, likely to be classified as a resident enterprise and that we are exempt from PRC income taxes because income from equity investments (such as dividends and bonuses) between resident enterprises is tax exempt.

If any PRC taxes apply to our non-PRC shareholders, a non-PRC shareholder may be entitled to a reduced rate of PRC taxes under an applicable income tax treaty and/or a foreign tax credit against such shareholder’s domestic income tax liability (subject to applicable conditions and limitations). You should consult with your own tax advisors regarding the applicability of any such taxes, the effects of any applicable income tax treaties, and any available foreign tax credits. In the event we become subject to the EIT Laws, our tax obligations can be expected to increase, which would adversely affect our net income, results of operations and future growth prospects.

Due to various restrictions under PRC laws on the distribution of dividends by our PRC operating companies, we may not be able to pay dividends to our shareholders.

The Wholly-Foreign Owned Enterprise Law (1986), as amended and The Wholly-Foreign Owned Enterprise Law Implementing Rules (1990), as amended and the Company Law of the PRC (2006) contain the principal regulations governing dividend distributions by wholly foreign owned enterprises. Under these regulations, wholly foreign owned enterprises may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Additionally, such companies are required to set aside a certain amount of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation and cannot be used for working capital purposes. Tsingda Education and Tsingda Network are regulated by the laws governing foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC. Accordingly, Tsingda Education and Tsingda Network are required to allocate 10% of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards each year to their general reserves until the accumulated amount of such reserves has exceeded 50% of their registered capital, after which no further allocation is required to be made. If a company’s legal accumulations fund is not sufficient to make up for the losses of the company from the previous year, the current year’s profits are first used for making up the losses before the legal accumulations funds is drawn. As of December 31, 2009, the registered capitals of Tsingda Education and Tsingda Network are $4,421,156 and $588,235, respectively, and both companies have made the required allocations to the general reserves. These reserve funds, however, may not be distributed to equity owners except in accordance with PRC laws and regulations. We cannot assure you that the PRC government authorities will not request our subsidiaries to use their after-tax profits for their own development and restrict our subsidiaries’ ability to distribute their after-tax profits to us as dividends.

The PRC government also imposes controls on the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of the PRC. We may experience difficulties in completing the administrative procedures necessary to obtain and remit foreign currency for the payment of dividends from the Company’s profits.

14


Furthermore, if our subsidiaries or affiliates in China incur debt on their own in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other payments. If we or our subsidiaries are unable to receive all of the revenues from our operations through these contractual or dividend arrangements, we may be unable to pay dividends on our Ordinary Shares.

Changes in PRC regulations relating to tuitions may adversely affect our business.

Currently, we are not regulated by the Ministry of Education of the PRC due to the fact that we are a non-accredited learning center and do not offer certification programs. The types and amounts of fees charged by private schools offering certification programs must be approved by the relevant governmental authority and be publicly disclosed, and the types and amounts of fees charged by private schools that do not offer certification programs need only be filed with the relevant governmental authority and be publicly disclosed. If the PRC government decides to regulate private schools which do not offer certification programs similar to their regulations of certification programs, set limits on fees chargeable by us, or impose a special tax on our business, such events could significantly affect our operations.

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing original actions in China based on United States or other foreign laws against us, our management or the experts named in this current report.

We conduct substantially all of our operations in China and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, all of our senior executive officers reside within China. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States or elsewhere outside of China upon our senior executive officers, including with respect to matters arising under U.S. federal securities laws or applicable state securities laws. Moreover, our PRC counsel has advised us that the PRC does not have treaties with the United States or many other countries providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgment of courts.

Governmental control of currency conversion may affect the value of your investment.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of RMB into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenues in RMB. Under our current structure, our income is primarily derived from Tsingda Education. Shortages in the availability of foreign currency may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries and our affiliated entity to remit sufficient foreign currency to pay dividends or other payments to us, or otherwise satisfy their foreign currency denominated obligations. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and expenditures from trade-related transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, approval from appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of bank loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may also, at its discretion, restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currency to satisfy our currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.

Fluctuation in the value of RMB may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

The value of RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Our revenues and costs are mostly denominated in RMB, while a significant portion of our financial assets are denominated in U.S. dollars. Our revenue is based entirely on that generated by our affiliated entity in China. Any significant fluctuation in value of RMB may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenues, earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our stock in U.S. dollars. For example, an appreciation of RMB against the U.S. dollar would make any new RMB denominated investments or expenditures more costly to us, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into RMB for such purposes. An appreciation of RMB against the U.S. dollar would also result in foreign currency translation losses for financial reporting purposes when we translate our U.S. dollar denominated financial assets into RMB, as RMB is our reporting currency.

We face risks related to health epidemics and other outbreaks.

Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of an epidemic or outbreak that will cause social and economic disruptions in China, such as SARS or H1N1 flu. Any prolonged recurrence of SARS, H1N1 or other adverse public health developments in China may have a material adverse effect on our business operations as schools may be closed for an extended period of time. For instance, health or other government regulations adopted in response may require temporary closure of our production facilities or of our offices. Such closures would severely disrupt our business operations and adversely affect our results of operations. We have not adopted any written preventive measures or contingency plans to combat any future outbreak of SARS, H1N1 or any other epidemic.

15


Risks Related to an Investment in Our Securities

We are not listed or quoted on any exchange and we may never obtain such a listing or quotation.

There is presently no public market in our shares and there may never be a market for our stock. Stock held by our shareholders may have little or no value. We cannot guarantee that our stock will be listed on a securities exchange or if a market for our stock listed will ever develop. Even if our shares are quoted for sale, buyers may be insufficient in numbers to allow for a robust market, and therefore, it may prove impossible to sell your shares.

To date, we have not paid any cash dividends and no cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our Ordinary Shares in the foreseeable future and we may not have sufficient funds legally available to pay dividends. Even if the funds are legally available for distribution, we may nevertheless decide not to pay any dividends. We intend to retain all earnings from our operations.

The market price for our Ordinary Shares may be highly volatile.

The market price of our Ordinary Shares may be volatile due to certain factors, including, but not limited to, market trends in PRC stock generally; the limited number of free trading shares; quarterly fluctuations in our financial and operating results; general conditions in the PRC market; or changes in earnings estimates. Such volatility may make it more difficult, if not impossible, to sell your shares in such quantity or at such price as or when you determine. This volatility can be expected to harm our stock price, our ability to raise money in capital markets and our future growth prospects.

If our Ordinary Shares become subject to the SEC’s penny stock rules, broker-dealers may experience difficulty in completing customer transactions and trading activity in our securities may be adversely affected.

If the trading price of our Ordinary Shares is below $5 per share, the open-market trading of our Ordinary Shares will be subject to the “penny stock” rules. The “penny stock” rules impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors (generally those with assets in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding $200,000 or $300,000 together with their spouse). For transactions covered by these rules, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchase of securities and have received the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction before the purchase. Additionally, for any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the broker-dealer must deliver, before the transaction, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the penny stock market. The broker-dealer also must disclose the commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, monthly statements must be sent disclosing recent price information on the limited market in penny stocks. These additional burdens imposed on broker-dealers may restrict the ability or decrease the willingness of broker-dealers to sell our Ordinary Shares, and may result in decreased liquidity for our Ordinary Shares and increased transaction costs for sales and purchases of our Ordinary Shares as compared to other securities.

The market price for our Ordinary Shares may be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors including the following:

 

 

 

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

 

 

 

 

changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;

 

 

 

 

announcements by us or our competitors of new products, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

 

 

 

addition or departure of key personnel;

 

 

 

 

fluctuations of exchange rates between RMB and the U.S. dollar;

 

 

 

 

intellectual property litigation; and

 

 

 

 

general economic or political conditions in China.

In addition, the securities market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of our stock.

16


We may need additional capital, and the sale of additional shares or other equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, anticipated cash flow from operations and the net proceeds from the private placement of Ordinary Shares on September 16, 2010 will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the near future. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

We are subject to reporting obligations under the U.S. securities laws. The SEC, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, adopted rules requiring every public company to include a management report on such company’s internal controls over financial reporting in its annual report, which contains management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.

Our reporting obligations as a public company will place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. Effective internal controls, particularly those related to revenue recognition, are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent fraud. As a result, our failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could harm our business and negatively impact the trading price of our stock. Furthermore, we anticipate that we will incur considerable costs and use significant management time and other resources in an effort to comply with Section 404 and other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Currently, none of our employees, including our Chief Financial Officer, who is responsible for preparing and supervising the preparation of our financial statements, have any formal training in U.S. GAAP or SEC rules and regulations. In that regard, we prepare our financial statements and rely exclusively on our independent accountants and our outside counsel for advice with respect to U.S. GAAP and SEC rules and regulations. Therefore, there is a risk that our current or future financial statements may not be properly prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or that our current or future disclosures are not in compliance with SEC rules and regulations.

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our ordinary shares.

Based upon the projected composition of our income and valuation of our assets, including goodwill, and although it is not clear how the contractual arrangements with Tsingda Education will be treated for purposes of the passive foreign investment company rules, we do not expect to be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ending December 31, 2011. However, we must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC after the close of each taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation will be considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during the taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. Because we expect to continue to hold a substantial amount of cash and other passive assets following this offering, and because the determination of whether we are a PFIC will depend on the character of our income and assets and the value of our assets from time to time, which may be based in part on the market price of our Ordinary Shares, we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year ending December 31, 2011 or any future taxable year. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined below) held an Ordinary Share, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. Holder. See “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences”.

Volatility in the price of our Ordinary Shares may subject us to securities litigation.

The market for our Ordinary Shares may be characterized by significant price volatility, and we expect that our share price will continue to be more volatile than a seasoned issuer for the indefinite future. In the past, plaintiffs have often initiated securities class action litigation against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We may, in the future, be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and liabilities and could divert management’s attention and resources.

17


Our Ordinary Shares may be thinly traded and you may be unable to sell at or near ask prices, or at all, if you need to sell your shares to raise money or otherwise desire to liquidate your shares.

We have applied to have our Ordinary Shares listed on the OTCQX. Our Ordinary Shares may be “thinly-traded”, meaning that the number of persons interested in purchasing our Ordinary Shares at or near bid prices at any given time may be relatively small or non-existent. This situation may be attributable to a number of factors, including the fact that we are a small company which is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers, institutional investors and others in the investment community that generate or influence sales volume. Even if we came to the attention of such persons, they tend to be risk-averse and might be reluctant to follow an unproven company such as ours or purchase or recommend the purchase of our shares until such time as we became more seasoned. As a consequence, there may be periods of several days or more when trading activity in our shares is minimal or non-existent, as compared to a seasoned issuer which has a large and steady volume of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales without an adverse effect on share price. We cannot give you any assurance that a broad or active public trading market for our Ordinary Shares will develop or be sustained.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” and elsewhere in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. These statements involve risks known to us, significant uncertainties, and other factors which may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by those forward-looking statements.

You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “intends,” “potential,” “proposed,” or “continue” or the negative of those terms. These statements are only predictions. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined above. These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement.

Although we believe that the exceptions reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our Ordinary Shares by the selling stockholder.

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Our Ordinary Shares have not been quoted or listed for trading on the OTC or on any stock exchange.

Holders

As the date hereof, we have the following securities issued and outstanding;

- 35,754,862 Ordinary Shares, and
- stock purchase warrants to acquire 1,808,250 Ordinary Shares.

The total number of outstanding Ordinary Shares, assuming the exercise of all outstanding stock purchase warrants, is 37,563,112. Of that total amount, 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares are covered by this registration statement.

Rule 144 Shares

None of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are currently available for resale to the public in accordance with the volume and trading limitations of Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, an affiliate who has beneficially owned shares of a company’s common stock for at least six months, provided that the company has been subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for a minimum of 90 days, is entitled to sell within any three month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

 

 

 

1.

1% of the Ordinary Shares then outstanding which, in our case, will equal approximately 357,548 Ordinary Shares (or 375,631 Ordinary Shares assuming all our outstanding warrants are then exercised); or

 

 

 

 

2.

the average weekly trading volume of the Ordinary Shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Non-affiliates who have beneficially owned shares, for a period of at least six months, of a company that has been subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for a minimum ninety (90) days are not subject to the “volume limitations” set under rule 144(e).

18


Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about the company. Non-affiliates who have beneficially owned shares for a period of a year or longer are not subject to the currency of information requirements.

Immediately prior to the business combination transaction with Tsingda Technology, we were a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Accordingly, our Ordinary Shares may not be eligible for resale under Rule 144 until August 17, 2011, which is 12 months after the filing of our Second Amendment to our Current Report on Form 8-K disclosing our business combination.

Transfer Agent and Registrant

Our transfer agent is Action Stock Transfer Corp., at the address of 7069 S. Highland Drive, Suite 300, Salt Lake City, Utah 84121. Its telephone number is (801) 272-1088.

Dividend Policy

Since inception, we have not paid any dividends on our Ordinary Shares. We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future on our Ordinary Shares. Although we intend to retain our earnings, if any, to finance the exploration and growth of our business, our Board of Directors will have the discretion to declare and pay dividends in the future. Payment of dividends in the future will depend upon our earnings, capital requirements, and other factors, which our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

In addition, due to various restrictions under PRC laws on the distribution of dividends by our PRC operating companies, we may not be able to pay dividends to our shareholders. The Wholly-Foreign Owned Enterprise Law (1986), as amended and The Wholly-Foreign Owned Enterprise Law Implementing Rules (1990), as amended and the Company Law of the PRC (2006) contain the principal regulations governing dividend distributions by wholly foreign owned enterprises. Under these regulations, wholly foreign owned enterprises may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Additionally, such companies are required to set aside a certain amount of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation and cannot be used for working capital purposes. The PRC government also imposes controls on the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of the PRC. Therefore, we may experience difficulties in completing the administrative procedures necessary to obtain and remit foreign currency for the payment of dividends from the Company’s profits. Furthermore, if our subsidiaries and affiliates in China incur debt on their own in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other payments. If we or our subsidiaries and affiliates are unable to receive all of the revenues from our operations through the current contractual arrangements, we may be unable to pay dividends on our Ordinary Shares.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

As of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year, we did not have any equity based or other long-term incentive programs. On April 29, 2011 our board of directors adopted and established the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which allows the Company to issue up to 1,000,000 Ordinary Shares. We do not have any other incentive plan. The following table sets forth information relating to the our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan category Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights

(a)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

(b)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))

(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders -- -- --
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 100,000 $2.00 0
Total 100,000 $2.00 0

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDER

We are registering a total of 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares.

We are registering for resale Ordinary Shares held by the selling shareholder identified below. We are registering the shares to permit the selling shareholder and its pledgers, donees, transferees and other successors-in-interest that receive shares from the selling shareholder as a gift, partnership distribution or other non-sale related transfer after the date of this prospectus to resell the shares when and as they deem appropriate.

          The following table presents information as of the date of this prospectus and sets forth:

 

 

 

 

the name of the selling shareholder;

 

 

 

 

the number of Ordinary Shares that may be offered for resale for the account of the selling shareholder under this prospectus;

 

 

 

 

the number and percentage of Ordinary Shares that the selling shareholder beneficially owned prior to this offering for resale of the shares under this prospectus; and

 

 

 

 

the number and percentage of Ordinary Shares to be beneficially owned by the selling shareholder after this offering (assuming all of the offered shares are sold by the selling shareholders).

          The 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares registered for public resale pursuant to this prospectus and listed under the column “Shares of Ordinary shares Included in Prospectus” consist of 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares that were issued in our July 2011 private placement:

19


The below table assumes that all of the securities will be sold in this offering. However, any or all of the securities listed below may be retained by the selling shareholder, and therefore, no accurate forecast can be made as to the number of securities that will be held by the selling shareholder upon termination of this offering. The selling shareholder is not making any representation that any shares covered by this prospectus will be offered for sale. In addition, under the terms of our agreement with the selling shareholder in connection with the July 2011 private placement, we are obligated, by July 12, 2012, to have our Ordinary Shares listed for trading on either the NASDAQ Global Select Market, Global Market or New York Stock Exchange. Subject to our obtaining such listing, the selling shareholder has agreed not to sell any of the 3,000,000 shares for six months and limit to 600,000, the number of shares it will sell during the next succeeding six months. We believe that, based on information provided to us by the selling shareholder, the selling shareholder listed in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the securities indicated. The selling shareholder is not a broker-dealer or an affiliate of broker-dealer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAME OF
SHAREHOLDER(1)

 

NUMBER
OF
SHARES
OWNED
PRE-
OFFERING
(2)

 

MAXIMUM
NUMBER
OF SHARES
OFFERED
(2)

 

NUMBER
OF
SHARES
OWNED
POST-
OFFERING
(2)

 

PERCENT
OWNERSHIP
POST-
OFFERING
(3)

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMI Corporation

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

(1)          We issued 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares for gross proceeds of $13.8 million in a July 2011 private placement.

(2)          Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, securities that are currently convertible or exercisable into shares of our Ordinary Shares, or convertible or exercisable into Ordinary Shares within 60 days of the date hereof are deemed outstanding. Such shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the following table, each shareholder named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such shareholder’s name. The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 37,629,862 shares of Ordinary Shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

(3)          Assumes that all securities registered will be sold.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The selling shareholder may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its securities or interests in securities on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. Under the terms of our agreement with the selling shareholder, we are obligated, by July 12, 2012, to have our Ordinary Shares listed for trading on either the NASDAQ Global Select Market, Global Market or New York Stock Exchange. Subject to our obtaining such listing, the selling shareholder has agreed not to sell any of the 3,000,000 shares for six months and limit to 600,000, the number of shares it will sell during the next succeeding six months.

Dispositions by the selling shareholder may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices.

The selling shareholder may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of shares or interests therein:

 

 

 

 

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

 

block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

 

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

 

an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

 

privately negotiated transactions;

 

short sales effected after the date the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC;

 

through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

20



 

 

 

 

broker-dealers may agree with the selling shareholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share; and

 

a combination of any such methods of sale.

The selling shareholder may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the Ordinary Shares owned by it and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the Ordinary Shares, from time to time, under this prospectus, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of selling shareholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling shareholder under this prospectus. The selling shareholder also may transfer the securities in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

In connection with the sale of our Ordinary Shares, the selling shareholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Ordinary Shares in the course of hedging the positions it assumes. The selling shareholder may also sell shares of our Ordinary Shares short and deliver these securities to close out its short positions, or loan or pledge the Ordinary Shares to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling shareholder may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

The aggregate proceeds to the selling shareholder from the sale of the Ordinary Shares offered by it will be the purchase price of the Ordinary Shares less discounts or commissions, if any. The selling shareholder reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of Ordinary Shares to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from this offering.

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling shareholder may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling shareholder (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchase of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated.

The selling shareholder also may resell all or a portion of the shares in open market transactions in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, provided that it meets the criteria and conforms to the requirements of that rule.

Any underwriters, agents, or broker-dealers and its affiliates that participate in the sale of the Ordinary Shares or interests therein may be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of the shares may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. If the selling shareholder becomes an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, it will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. We know of no existing arrangements between the selling shareholder and any other stockholder, broker, dealer, underwriter, or agent relating to the sale or distribution of the shares, nor can we presently estimate the amount, if any, of such compensation. See “Selling Shareholder” for description of any material relationship that a stockholder has with us and the description of such relationship.

To the extent required, the Ordinary Shares to be sold, the name of the selling shareholder, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agents, dealer or underwriter, any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, the Ordinary Shares may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the Ordinary Shares may not be sold unless it has been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification requirements is available and is complied with.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the results of operations and financial condition of the Company for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements that are included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial statements presented herein (and to which this discussion relates) reflect the results of operations of Tsingda Technology (as defined below) and its variable interest entities, for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and reflect the acquisition of the Company pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement (as defined below) under the purchase method of accounting. Subsequent to May 24, 2010, the operations of the Company reflected the combined operations of the Company and Tsingda Technology (including Tsingda Education and Tsingda Network). Our discussion includes forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors.

21


We use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements in order to reflect any event or circumstance that may arise after the date of this prospectus, except as required by law. Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made throughout the entirety of this prospectus, which are designed to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

On May 24, 2010, Tsingda eEDU, a Compass Acquisition Corporation, and its controlling shareholders entered into a share exchange agreement (“Share Exchange Agreement”) with Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co. Ltd., a British Virgin Islands business company (“Tsingda Technology”), and its shareholders.

Tsingda Technology owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Beijing Tsingda Century Management Consulting Ltd. (“Tsingda Management”), a wholly foreign owned enterprise incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”). On April 26, 2010, Tsingda Management entered into a series of contractual agreements with Beijing Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co. Ltd (“Tsingda Education”), a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC, and its shareholders, in which Tsingda Management effectively assumed management of the business activities of Tsingda Education. Beijing Tsingda Century Network Technology Co. Ltd., a PRC company, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tsingda Education. The contractual arrangements are comprised of a series of agreements, including a Consulting Services Agreement, Operating Agreement, Proxy Agreement, and Option Agreement, through which Tsingda Management has the right to advise, consult, manage and operate Tsingda Education for a quarterly fee in the amount of 100% of Tsingda Education’s quarterly, after tax net profits. Additionally, Tsingda Education’s shareholders have pledged their rights, titles and equity interest in Tsingda Education as security for Tsingda Management to collect consulting and service fees through an Equity Pledge Agreement. In order to further reinforce Tsingda Management’s rights to control and operate Tsingda Education, Tsingda Education’s shareholders have granted Tsingda Management the exclusive right and option to acquire all of their equity interests in Tsingda Education through the Option Agreement.

As all of the companies are under common control, this structure has been accounted for as a reorganization of entities and the financial statements have been prepared as if the reorganization had occurred retroactively.

Tsingda Education, with its subsidiary Tsingda Network, is a leading provider of online educational services in the PRC, offering classes through pre-recorded lessons and in real-time via its Tsingda Vitrual Internet Classroom. To the best of its knowledge, the Company believes it runs the largest chain of learning centers in China in terms of the number of learning centers, known as “Tsingda Learning Centers.” These educational centers principally target elementary school students and consist mainly of franchised locations. As of December 31, 2010, there were 2,346 Tsingda Learning Centers across China, which includes 21 Company-owned learning centers and 2,325 franchised learning centers. We also have developed a robust, interactive educational platform which allows students to search and subscribe to virtual classrooms offered by a wide range of teachers in the PRC. Our students may choose to access our courses online either at one of our learning centers, at home or at any other location that has a computer with internet access.

We have franchise agreements with each of our franchised locations. These franchise agreements are typically effective for a one year term. The franchised locations must conform to certain operating requirements of the Company, such as the quality of products and services offered and participation of promotional activities. Each franchised location pays an initial franchise licensing fee to the Company as well as an annual management fee at the end of each subsequent year. The Company offers discounted e-cards (used by our students to purchase courses) to the franchised locations. Our franchisees pay an initial franchise licensing fee of between $7,000 and $10,000 per location depending on franchise territory, and thereafter, franchisees pay an annual management fee equal to 10% of their initial franchise licensing fee. A franchisee receives e-cards from the Company with a face value equal to five times the amount of franchise and management fees paid. Our franchisees also have the option to purchase additional e-cards at the same 80% discount.

Franchisees earn revenues from the sale of e-cards to students at face value. In other words, for every dollar spent by our students, our franchisees take eighty cents. With respect to the remaining twenty cents, the Company splits this on a 40%-60% basis with teachers in connection with real-time courses and on a 90%-10% basis with teachers in connection with pre-recorded courses. Factoring the discount taken by our franchisees and revenue splitting with our teachers, the Company earns 18% of revenues generated from sales of e-cards used for pre-recorded courses and 8% of revenues generated from sales of e-cards used for real-time courses from revenues generated from the sale of e-cards. Each e-card has a specific serial number, and our IT server tracks the opening and usage of these cards in real time. We use this information in order to accurately allocate revenues among teachers. Beginning August 2010, the Company began to generate revenue via the sale of reference materials and publications.

Our financial statements are prepared in US Dollars and in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. See “Critical Accounting Policies - Foreign Currency Translation” below for information concerning the exchange rates at the Renminbi (“RMB”) were translated into US Dollars (“USD”) at various pertinent dates and for pertinent periods.

22


Recruitment of Students

The following table shows the change in the number of active students from 2008 through 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No. of active students increased for the specified quarter

 

 

 


 

Year

 

 

Q1

 

 

Q2

 

 

Q3

 

 

Q4

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

2008

 

 

104,550

 

 

121,394

 

 

132,485

 

 

115,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

182,239

 

 

204,482

 

 

250,553

 

 

237,357

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

301,203

 

 

328,813

 

 

337,440

 

 

373,196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

382,656

 

 

410,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note: We classify students who have provided us with their personal information as “registered.” Registered students who have purchased an e-card or are using an e-card to purchase our courses are classified as “active.” Students who have purchased an e-card and have not used an e-card for more than one year are de-classified from active status and classified as registered. The numbers in the table above are calculated based on the number of newly active students minus (-) the number of active students lost in the specified quarter.

Online Content

The Company has continued to add new courses. For purposes of the following table, “new courses” means (i) newly created courses that were not previously available and (ii) previously available courses which have been revised or updated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No. of new courses increased for the specified quarter

 

 

 


 

Year

 

 

Q1

 

 

Q2

 

 

Q3

 

 

Q4

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

2008

 

 

79,521

 

 

150,210

 

 

100,154

 

 

76,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

60,000

 

 

78,652

 

 

68,015

 

 

15,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

91,200

 

 

90,524

 

 

74,200

 

 

98,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

62,032

 

 

72,772

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of e-Cards

The Company has continued to see increased sales of e-cards, which are used by students to purchase our course offerings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Face value of e-cards sold for the specified quarter

 

 

 


 

Year

 

 

Q1

 

 

Q2

 

 

Q3

 

 

Q4

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

2008

 

 

6,728,626.47

 

 

6,372,666.18

 

 

8,692,105.88

 

 

8,420,047.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

15,428,244.10

 

 

16,299,183.82

 

 

18,187,279.4

 

 

16,907,319.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

16,835,727.90

 

 

26,459,676.47

 

 

37,106,079.40

 

 

33,077,838.84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

13,404,901.86

 

 

34,882,441.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23


Note: The Company sells e-cards at an average discount of 80% to franchised learning centers who then re-sell e-cards to students at face value. The face value of e-cards sold refers to the amount paid by students. The lunar new year, which is a major holiday period in China, was a longer holiday during the three months ended March 30, 2011 than it was during the comparable period in 2010. This in turn affected the sales of e-cards in the first quarter of 2011 compared to the first quarter of 2010.

Revenue Breakdown

For the fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, the tables below break down the source of our revenues. We generate most of our revenues through franchise licensing fees, management fees, sales of e-cards, and, beginning August 2010, the sale of reference books and materials. Our franchisees pay an initial franchise licensing fee of between $7,000 and $10,000 per location depending on franchise territory, and thereafter, franchisees pay an annual management fee equal to 10% of their initial franchise licensing fee. A franchisee receives e-cards from the Company with a face value equal to five times the amount of franchise and management fees paid. Our franchisees also have the option to purchase additional e-cards at the same 80% discount. Franchisees earn revenues from the sale of e-cards to students at face value. In other words, for every dollar spent by our students, our franchisees take eighty cents. With respect to the remaining twenty cents, the Company splits this on a 40%-60% basis with teachers in connection with real-time courses and on a 90%-10% basis with teachers in connection with pre-recorded courses. Factoring the discount taken by our franchisees and revenue splitting with our teachers, the Company earns 18% of revenues generated from sales of e-cards used for pre-recorded courses and 8% of revenues generated from sales of e-cards used for real-time courses from revenues generated from the sale of e-cards. Each e-card has a specific serial number, and our IT server tracks the opening and usage of these cards in real time. We use this information in order to accurately allocate revenues among teachers.

2008 Revenue Breakdown (in Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year

 

 

Licensing
Fee

 

 

Annual
Management
Fee

 

 

Pre-Recorded
Courses
(Sale of
e-Cards)

 

 

Tsingda
Virtual
Internet
Class Room
(Sale of
e-Cards)

 

 

Materials and
publications

 

 

Others

 

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q1/2008

 

$

886,424

 

$

997

 

$

595,603

 

 

 

 

 

$

51,324

 

$

1,534,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q2/2008

 

$

883,146

 

$

6,612

 

$

673,168

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,069

 

$

1,564,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q3/2008

 

$

1,251,769

 

$

19,772

 

$

843,076

 

$

15,294

 

 

 

$

4,691

 

$

2,134,602

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q4/2008

 

$

990,222

 

$

67,753

 

$

791,058

 

$

139,264

 

 

 

$

79,491

 

$

2,067,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total

 

$

4,011,561

 

$

95,134

 

$

2,902,905

 

$

154,558

 

 

 

$

137,575

 

$

7,301,733

 

2009 Revenue Breakdown (in Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year

 

Licensing
Fee

 

Annual
Management
Fee

 

Pre-Recorded
Courses
(Sale of
e-Cards)

 

Tsingda
Virtual
Internet
Class Room
(Sale of
e-Cards)

 

Materials and
publications

 

Others

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q1/2009

 

$

1,568,720

 

$

28,634

 

$

1,484,116

 

$

220,205

 

 

 

$

50,247

 

$

3,351,922

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q2/2009

 

$

1,705,551

 

$

26,494

 

$

1,514,852

 

$

258,088

 

 

 

$

83,335

 

$

3,588,320

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q3/2009

 

$

1,732,691

 

$

37,553

 

$

1,638,605

 

$

254,374

 

 

 

$

279,184

 

$

3,942,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q4/2009

 

$

1,806,543

 

$

29,706

 

$

1,645,104

 

$

275,970

 

 

 

$

10,891

 

$

3,768,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total

 

$

6,813,505

 

$

122,387

 

$

6,282,677

 

$

1,008,637

 

 

 

$

423,657

 

$

14,650,863

 

24


2010 Revenue Breakdown (in Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year

 

Licensing
Fee

 

Annual
Management
Fee

 

Pre-
Recorded
Courses
(Sale of
e-Cards)

 

Tsingda
Virtual
Internet
Class Room
(Sale of
e-Cards)

 

Materials and
publications

 

Others

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q1/2010

 

$

1,308,823

 

$

37,968

 

$

2,136,709

 

$

161,697

 

 

 

$

4,961

 

$

3,650,158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q2/2010

 

$

1,854,665

 

$

41,388

 

$

3,040,743

 

$

820,653

 

 

 

$

7,862

 

$

5,765,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q3/2010

 

$

2,947,794

 

$

42,067

 

$

3,865,578

 

$

1,095,375

 

$

1,361,622

 

$

4,366

 

$

9,316,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q4/2010

 

$

2,293,865

 

$

43,504

 

$

4,055,889

 

$

1,037,906

 

$

1,284,110

 

 

 

$

8,715,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Total

 

$

8,405,147

 

$

164,927

 

$

13,098,919

 

$

3,115,631

 

$

2,645,732

 

$

17,189

 

$

27,447,545

 

2011 Revenue Breakdown (in Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year

 

Licensing
Fee

 

Annual
Management
Fee

 

Pre-
Recorded
Courses
(Sale of
e-Cards)

 

Tsingda
Virtual
Internet
Class Room
(Sale of
e-Cards)

 

Materials and
publications

 

Others

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q1/2011

 

$

1,177,613

 

 

361,782

 

 

4,187,179

 

 

1,075,526

 

 

1,397,774

 

 

29,473

 

 

8,229,347

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q2/2011

 

$

1,802,490

 

 

426,793

 

 

3,609,657

 

 

1,846,401

 

 

902,003

 

 

273,845

 

 

8,861,189

 

(1): Materials and publications include reference books and materials, either self-branded or cooperative. Sales of reference books and materials began in August, 2010.

(2): The lunar new year, which is a major holiday period in China, was a longer holiday during the three months ended March 30, 2011 than it was during the comparable period in 2010. This in turn affected the sales of e-cards in the first quarter of 2011 compared to the first quarter of 2010.

Students must use e-cards to purchase all online content, while the purchase of reference books and materials are transacted in cash. The sales of reference books and materials began in August, 2010, and accounts for approximately 9.6% and 13.46% respectively of total revenue in 2010 and the six month period ended June 30, 2011. While the sale of e-cards continues to be the single biggest source of revenue, franchise licensing fees and sales of reference materials make up a substantial portion of our revenue.

25


PRC Regulation of Franchise Business

We have made all required filings and met all requirements under PRC law to legally operate a franchise business in the PRC. The required filings include (i) copies of the business license or enterprise registration certificate; (ii) a sample franchise contract; (iii) a brochure for franchise operations; (iv) a marketing plan; (v) written commitment and relevant materials proving that the relevant provisions have been followed; and (vi) other documents and materials required by relevant governing authorities.

The legal requirements to operate a franchise business in the PRC under the Regulation on the Administration of Commercial Franchises require the franchisor to possess a mature business model and the ability to provide long-term business guidance, technical support, business training and other services to its franchisees. The franchisor must have at least two direct sales stores, and have been engaged in the business for more than a year. If this franchisor conducts its operations within the scope of a single province, autonomous region, or municipality directly under the PRC Central Government, it is required to file the required legal documents with the relevant governing authorities of the province, autonomous region or municipality directly under the PRC Central Government; and if the franchisor conducts its operations within the scope of two or more provinces, autonomous regions, or municipalities directly under the PRC Central Government, it is required to file the required legal documents with the competent commercial authority of the State Council.

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth and expansion strategy for the next 6 to 12 months includes the following measures, the cost of which is expected to come from our existing revenue stream:

 

 

 

Increase the number of Company-owned learning centers. As of June 30, 2011, we have 32 Company-owned locations. Due to the size of our Company-owned locations, we are able to absorb higher student traffic and generate higher overall revenues compared to franchised locations. We also recognize 100% of the revenue stream from these locations. For the six month ended June 30, 2011, we have completed construction of 11 new Company-owned locations. The aggregate estimated cost to open these locations is approximately $2,500,000.

 

 

 

 

 

Increase the number of franchised learning centers. As of June 30, 2011, we had 2,496 locations with over 1,400 of them located in 2nd and 3rd tier cities. We estimate there are approximately 50,000 2nd and 3rd tier cities in the PRC. Our plan is to increase the number of franchised learning centers by increasing our advertising and marketing initiatives in an effort to attract more franchisees. We plan on spending approximately $1.2 million on a broad scale brand promotional campaign. This campaign will target a number of media outlets, including advertisements on regional television and in local newspapers in select markets, as well as holding periodic regional events in these markets, all of which will be designed to attract franchisees. Through the first half of 2011, the Company has agreements to open approximately 150 new franchised learning centers, while 160 franchised learning centers are currently under construction.

 

 

 

Increase traffic to our virtual classrooms. We plan to allocate more capital resources to the marketing and promotion of our virtual classrooms. The above mentioned brand promotion campaign will include sponsoring events at prominent high schools designed to promote our virtual classrooms, advertising in school newspapers, and to a lesser extent, subscribing to more per click ad space on selected Internet sites, such as Sina.com and Yahoo.com.cn. We also expect to experience increased traffic to our virtual classrooms coincident with our franchise expansion efforts. Since introduction of this platform, historical results have indicated that a majority of our virtual classroom subscribers have originated from our learning centers.

We plan to establish additional learning centers in 2011 as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 


 

New company-owned learning centers

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total company-owned learning centers

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

New franchised learning centers

 

 

529

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total franchised learning centers

 

 

2,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Learning Centers

 

 

2,896

 

26


On average, the total cost of opening a Company-owned learning center is approximately $100,000, as described in further detail in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

Interior decoration

 

$

22,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipments and facilities

 

$

5,882

 

 

 

 

 

 

6-month Rent (paid up front)

 

$

44,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit

 

$

7,353

 

 

 

 

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

$

22,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

101,471

 

In order to execute our plan of expanding our business operations, we will need to (i) increase the number of our learning centers, (ii) scale and adapt our existing network infrastructure to accommodate increased systems traffic and (iii) increase our marketing efforts. Through 2011 we plan to open approximately 529 additional franchised locations; in the next six months, we plan on spending approximately $1.2 million on a broad scale brand promotional campaign; and we will need significantly more computing power as traffic within our system increases and our learning center locations expand. We will be required to spend significant capital and resources to manage our additional franchises, execute our promotional campaign and to purchase equipment, and upgrade our technology and network infrastructure to handle increased Internet traffic. In this regard, we have budgeted approximately $1.2 million for our market campaign, approximately $1.4 million for IT expenditures, and approximately 1.8 million to add and improve our course content in 2011.

In November 2010 we began offering live courses through our company-owned learning centers which are all located in Beijing. Depending on the initial response to these live courses, we may consider expanding our live course offerings to Company-owned learning centers in other first-tier cities. We do not intend to offer live courses through our franchise-owned learning centers, nor do we intend that any of our Company-owned learning centers will become solely dedicated to live course offerings.

Live courses are taught on either a one-to-one basis or with up to 10 students. As with all of our course offerings, students purchase live courses by purchasing e-cards. Students can choose any combination of live, online or pre-recorded courses for all of their education needs. We charge more for live courses than for online or pre-recorded courses. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, revenue generated from providing live courses was 17.1% of our total revenue.

Marketing and Promotion

Our marketing efforts target three principal areas: franchisees, students for our Company-owned learning centers, and students for our virtual classrooms.

We attract franchisees by conducting regional seminars on a periodic basis in areas that we have targeted for expansion, as well as advertising on regional television and in local newspapers in these areas. These efforts have produced in excess of 2,300 operating franchisees. Our Company-owned learning centers are in close proximity to schools and large residential areas. We have been able to attract students to our learning centers principally through the distribution of leaflets in the nearby areas.

Traffic to our virtual classrooms has been driven principally by students from our learning centers. We expect to increase traffic to our virtual classrooms commensurate with the numerical increase in our learning centers.

We will continue these marketing measures for the foreseeable future.

Through December 31, 2011, we plan to spend approximately $4.7 million on marketing, as described in further detail in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

Recruitment of students

 

$

1,764,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recruitment of franchise

 

$

735,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brand promotion

 

$

441,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

Online Platform

 

$

1,764,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

4,705,882

 

27


Results of Operations (Unaudited) for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 Compared to Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

The following table sets forth key components of Tsingda Education’s results of operations for the periods indicated in dollars. The discussion following the table addresses these results.

Tsingda eEDU Corporation
(Formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”)
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(Stated in US dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales revenue

 

$

8,861,189

 

$

5,616,047

 

$

17,090,536

 

$

9,467,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

2,931,294

 

 

739,339

 

 

5,133,295

 

 

1,458,130

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Gross Profit

 

 

5,929,895

 

 

4,876,708

 

 

11,957,241

 

 

8,008,978

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

 

 

2,617,754

 

 

988,690

 

 

4,362,302

 

 

1,562,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

2,567,683

 

 

1,007,747

 

 

4,166,404

 

 

1,332,640

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

5,185,437

 

 

1,996,437

 

 

8,528,706

 

 

2,894,772

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

744,458

 

 

2,880,271

 

 

3,428,535

 

 

5,114,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

4,177

 

 

101,361

 

 

4,816

 

 

101,361

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expenses

 

 

(19,785

)

 

 

 

(20,154

)

 

(885

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax

 

 

728,850

 

 

2,981,632

 

 

3,413,197

 

 

5,214,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expenses

 

 

326,303

 

 

449,817

 

 

729,509

 

 

784,775

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

402,547

 

$

2,531,815

 

$

2,683,688

 

$

4,429,907

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

546,971

 

 

127,567

 

 

636,941

 

 

129,714

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

 

$

949,518

 

$

2,659,382

 

$

3,320,629

 

$

4,559,621

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share, basic and diluted

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average number of weighted average shares, basic and diluted

 

 

34,352,939

 

 

25,400,553

 

 

34,043,122

 

 

25,400,553

 

The accompanying notes are an integrated part of these consolidated financial statements

28


Revenues. For the three months ended June 30, 2011, we had revenues of $8,861,189 as compared to revenues of $5,616,047 for the three months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of approximately 57.78%. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we had revenues of $17,090,536 as compared to revenues of $9,467,108 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of approximately 80.53%. We experienced strong growth in our revenues during the second quarter ended June 30, 2011. This growth is due to an increase in the number of franchise locations for the Company’s offline businesses, along with the continued growth of its online learning platform. As of June 30, 2011, we had 2,464 franchise locations and 32 company owned locations, compared with 2,225 franchise locations and three company owned locations respectively as of June 30, 2010. In addition, online revenues for six months ended June 30, 2011 increased to $2,929,007 from $478,032 for the comparable period in 2010. We launched our online virtual classroom platform in September 2008.

Expenses. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we incurred expenses, composed of selling and general and administrative expenses, of $8,528,706 compared with expenses of $2,894,772 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of approximately 194.62%. Moreover, for the three months ended June 30, 2011, we incurred expenses, composed of selling and general and administrative expenses, of $5,185,437 compared with expenses of $1,996,437 for the three months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of approximately 159.73%.

Selling expenses include salaries of our sales department and company owned learning centers, advertising, printing, logo manufacturing, transportation and others. For the three months ended June 30, 2011, we had selling expenses of $2,617,754 as compared to $988,690 for the comparable period of the prior year, an increase of 164.77% or $1,629,064. In addition, for the six months ended June 30, 2011, we had selling expenses of $4,362,302 as compared to $1,562,132 for the comparable period of the prior year, an increase of 179.25% or $2,800,170. The increase reflected the marketing efforts spent on two new business projects: the Family Baby Club and Huang Gang Supplementary Education Center, and the continued promotion for our online education platform. The Family Baby Club targets pre-school children from zero to six years old and Huang Gang Supplementary Education Center provides well-regarded supplementary education to high school students. Huang Gang is an area in Hubei, China and is famous for its nationally top-ranked high school and the excellent academic performance of its students. The Education Department of Huang Gang City has reached an agreement with the Company to establish supplemental tutoring programs throughout China started in May 2011.

29


Key components of selling expenses for the three month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months
ended
June 30, 2011

 

Three months
ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

$

411,664

 

$

110,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising

 

 

1,598,517

 

 

455,763

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printing

 

 

324,206

 

 

209,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shipping

 

 

63,646

 

 

40,798

 

Key components of selling expenses for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended
June 30, 2011

 

Six months ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

$

725,547

 

$

186,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising

 

 

2,462,080

 

 

961,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printing

 

 

662,274

 

 

242,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shipping

 

 

145,862

 

 

53,950

 

-Salaries and wages increase by approximately 273.07% and 288.27% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods. The increase represents an increase in our sales personnel at our headquarters consistent with our increased franchise sales and the establishment of two new business projects mentioned above.

-Advertising expenses increase by approximately 250.73% and 156% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods. Theses expenses represent third party print media costs related to new company-owned centers and the two new business projects, online platform, as well as our ongoing promotional efforts to attract new franchisees.

-Printing expenses increase by approximately 54.55% and 173.34% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods. These expenses represent internal costs for printing of our company newsletter and other promotional costs related to the enhancement of our brand name and increase in the numbers of newly owned locations, as well as the promotional materials of the two new business projects.

-Shipping Expenses increase by approximately 56% and 170.37% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods as a result of increasing sales activities.

General and administrative expenses include rent, salaries and wages, insurance, training and related expenses. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, we had general and administrative expenses of $2,567,683 and $4,166,404 respectively as compared to $1,007,747 and $1,332,640 respectively for the comparable period from the prior year.

30


Key components of general and administrative expenses for the three month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months
ended
June 30, 2011

 

Three months
ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office supplies

 

$

60,077

 

$

11,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

 

189,681

 

 

95,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Entertainment expenses

 

 

84,379

 

 

11,941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent

 

 

78,157

 

 

61,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation cost

 

 

1,442,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

187,107

 

 

146,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consulting fee

 

 

390,356

 

 

8,214

 

31


Key components of general and administrative expenses for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended
June 30, 2011

 

Six months ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office supplies

 

$

169,478

 

$

12,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

 

378,366

 

 

189,683

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Entertainment expenses

 

 

438,827

 

 

17,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent

 

 

302,778

 

 

146,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation cost

 

 

1,442,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

367,766

 

 

293,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consulting

 

 

701,512

 

 

41,105

 

-Office supplies increased by 434.64% and 1,205% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods. The increase was to satisfy the needs of newly owned locations and the two new business projects as mentioned above.

-Salaries and wages increased by 97.82% and 99.47% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 period as the company hired more management personnel for newly owned locations and two new business projects.

-Entertainment expenses increased by 606.63% and 2,421.41% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 period as the company opened more stores and spent more efforts on market promotion during this period.

-Rent increased by 27.50% and 106.58% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 period. These expenses mainly come from the lease of the new Shijingshan Headquarter-Tsingda Century Plaza.

-The Company granted 3 executives 900,000 shares with no cost and 100,000 non-qualified stock options on April 29, 2011 pursuant to the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. The stock options are exercisable at $2 per share and vest over a term of 5 years. The Company valuates the fair value of the shares and stock options granted at the grant date using the Black-Sholes option-pricing model and the total cost of $1,442,116 was recorded in the three and six month period ended June 30, 2011 and $0 was recorded in the three and six month period ended June 30, 2010.

32


-Depreciation increased by 27.76% and 25.44% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods as the company bought more fixed assets for newly owned locations and two new business projects, Family Baby Club and Huanggang School.

-Consulting expenses increased by 4652.33% and 1606.63% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods as the company engaged more third-party consulting services related to Finance, IT and HR in lines with the expansion of business.

Income Before Taxes. Income before taxes for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 was $728,850 and $3,413,197 respectively compared with $2,981,632 and $5,214,682 respectively for the comparable period of 2010.

Net Income. For the reasons discussed above, we had net income for three and six months ended June 30, 2011 of $402,547 and $2,683,688, respectively, compared with $2,531,815 and $4,429,907 respectively for the corresponding quarterly period in 2010. The first reason for the decrease in net income was the increase in selling expenses. The increase of $1,629,064 and $2,800,170 in selling expenses respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 was utilized to promote our online education platform and two new business projects to prepare for the summer vacation – generally the best season of the year for our business. We expect such expenditures will boost the Company’s revenue and net profits in the second half of the year. In addition, the decrease was partially due to our adoption of the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) under which the Board of Directors may issue shares and grant stock options to senior management. Under the Plan, 900,000 ordinary shares were issued to three key executives as of April 29, 2011 with no cost, and granted one executive 100,000 non-qualified stock options to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s ordinary shares at an exercise price of $2 per share, calculated based on the Black-Scholes pricing model. The calculated fair value of the options was $0.63 per share. The amount of compensation cost recognized for the options granted was $2,116 and recorded in the general and administrative expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2011. The amount of compensation cost recognized for the shares issued was $1,440,000 and recorded in general and administrative expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2011.

Other Comprehensive Income. We had other comprehensive income of $546,971 and $636,941 respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 compared with $127,567 and $129,714 respectively during the corresponding 2010 periods as a result of foreign currency translation gain/loss.

Total Comprehensive Income. We had total comprehensive income of $949,518 and $3,320,629 respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, representing a decrease of 64.30% and 27.17% from the comparable periods in 2010. The reason for the decrease is due to the various reasons stated above.

33


Results of Operations (Unaudited) for the Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

The following table sets forth key components of the Tsingda Education’s results of operations for the periods above indicated in dollars. The discussion following the table addresses these results.

TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION

(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(Stated in US dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

27,447,545

 

$

14,650,863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

6,011,094

 

 

2,231,202

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

21,436,451

 

 

12,419,661

 

 

 



 



 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

 

 

6,199,618

 

 

3,460,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

3,205,802

 

 

1,900,063

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

9,405,420

 

 

5,360,866

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

12,031,031

 

 

7,058,795

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

31,102

 

 

80,973

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Realized gain from short-term investment

 

 

73,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expense

 

 

(257

)

 

(19,638

)

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax

 

 

12,135,737

 

 

7,120,130

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expenses

 

 

1,834,541

 

 

1,068,020

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,301,196

 

$

6,052,110

 

 

 



 



 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

721,997

 

 

(40,113

)

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

11,023,193

 

$

6,011,997

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share, basic and diluted

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

 

 

28,242,518

 

 

24,402,278

 

Revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had revenues of $27,447,545 as compared to revenues of $14,650,863 for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of approximately 87%. Our revenue growth is due to an increase of the number of franchised locations, along with the continued growth of the Company’s “Tsingda Virtual Internet Classroom” platform.

34


Cost of revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had cost of revenue of $6,011,094 as compared to cost of $2,231,202 for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of approximately 169%. Our cost growth is due to increases of depreciation of leasehold improvement, amortization, rent expense for company owned learning centers, and other cost items.

Expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had expenses, which are comprised of selling and general and administrative expenses, of $9,405,420 as compared to expenses of $5,360,866 for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of approximately 75%.

Selling expenses include salaries, advertising, printing and meetings. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had selling expenses of $6,199,618 as compared to $3,460,803 for the comparable period from the prior year, an increase of 79%. The increase in selling expenses is mainly a result of the Company’s efforts to increase its business through increased advertising.

General and administrative expenses include rent, corporate salaries, and related expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had general and administrative expenses of $3,205,802 as compared to $1,900,063 for the comparable period from the prior year. The increase is mainly driven by the increases in depreciation, amortization and consulting expenses.

Realized gain on short-term investment. Other income for year ended December 31, 2010 was $104,706 compared with $61,335 for the comparable period from the prior year. The increase in other income was due to the realized gain of $73,861 from selling a matured short-term investment during the year ended December 31, 2010 and decrease in interest income.

Income Before Taxes. Income before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $12,135,737 compared with $7,120,130 for the comparable period from the prior year, which represents an increase of 70%. The increase was due to the various reasons stated above.

Net Income. We had net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $10,301,196 compared with $6,052,110 for the prior twelve months period, an increase of 70%. The increase in net income was due to the various reasons stated above.

Other Comprehensive Income. We had other comprehensive income of $721,997, and other comprehensive loss of $40,113 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The increase in other comprehensive income was the result of foreign currency translation gain.

Total Comprehensive Income. We had total comprehensive income of $11,023,193 and $6,011,997 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, representing an increase of 83%. The increase in total comprehensive income was due to the various reasons stated above.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

There are no off-balance sheet arrangements between us and any other entity that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to Shareholders.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of June 30, 2011, we had working capital of $10,240,713 compared with working capital of $11,381,531 as of December 31, 2010. Changes in our working capital are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,
2011
(unaudited)

 

December 31,
2010
(audited)

 

Increase in
Working Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

$

21,132,988

 

 

21,174,491

 

 

(41,503

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

10,892,275

 

 

9,792,960

 

 

(1,099,315

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working Capital

 

$

10,240,713

 

 

11,381,531

 

 

(1,140,818

)

Our decrease in working capital is primarily attributable to the decrease in advances for leasehold improvements and the decrease in cash and cash equivalents of approximately $4,721,987 and $2,140,250 respectively. The decrease was reflected by an increase of $7,017,484 in the value of property, plant and equipment resulting from certain improvements to our new office building. The improvements to the new office building are a temporary factor on our working capital and such improvements are expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2011. In addition, taxes payable and accounts payable were increased by $1,241,349 and $853,047, respectively. While taxes payable reflects the increase in revenue and business tax, accounts payable was increased due to the improvements of our new office building and our internet infrastructure.

35


Our primary uses of cash have been for selling and marketing expenses, employee compensation, and working capital. The main sources of cash have been revenues from franchisees and from our company owned locations.

We believe the following trends are reasonably likely to result in a material decrease in our liquidity over the near to long term:

 

 

 

 

An increase in working capital requirements to finance the growth of our company owned locations,

 

 

 

 

Addition of administrative and marketing personnel as our business grows,

 

 

 

 

Increases in advertising, public relations and sales promotions for our franchising efforts in new and existing markets,

 

 

 

 

Software development and the purchase of servers commensurate with student population growth, and

 

 

 

 

The cost of being a public company and the continued increase in costs due to governmental compliance activities.

The Company currently generates cash flow through operations which we believe will be sufficient to sustain current operations for at least the next twelve months.

Cash flows from operations are calculated based upon the local currencies using the average translation rate. As a result, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the statement of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheets.

The following summarizes the key components of our cash flows for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

3,911,568

 

$

3,205,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash consumed by investing activities

 

$

(4,886,992

)

$

1,481,451

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect on cash of foreign exchange rates

 

$

168,915

 

$

(317,331

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash

 

$

(806,509

)

$

4,369,699

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Balance (Beginning of Period)

 

$

2,752,473

 

$

703,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Balance (End of Period)

 

$

1,945,964

 

$

5,071,486

 

36


The following summarizes the key components of our cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

4,541,343

 

$

5,140,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash consumed by investing activities

 

$

(7,115,008

)

$

(526,514

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

420,000

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect on cash of foreign exchange rates

 

$

13,415

 

$

241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash

 

$

(2,140,250

)

$

4,614,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Balance (Beginning of Period)

 

$

4,086,214

 

$

457,219

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Balance (End of Period)

 

$

1,945,964

 

$

5,071,486

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 were $3,911,568 and $4,541,343, respectively, compared with $3,205,579 and $5,140,540, respectively, for the comparable periods in 2010. The increase in operating cash inflows primarily reflected the results of revenue increase and expenses of market promotion activities and the implementation of our share incentive plan.

Net cash consumed by investing activities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 were $4,886,992 and $7,115,008 respectively, compared with net cash provided of $1,481,451 and net cash consumed of $526,514 respectively for the comparable periods in 2010. The increase was primarily due to the additions to the intangible assets, which were primarily composed on line teaching software and materials and the purchase of property and equipments for our new office.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $420,000 compared with zero for the six months ended June 30, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the retrieval of $420,000 from the escrow account.

The effect on cash of exchange rates was a gain of $168,915 and $13,415 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 respectively, compared with ($317,331)and $241 respectively for the comparable periods in 2010.

The difference between the closing balance of cash and cash equivalents for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 is due to the reasons mentioned above.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

There are no off-balance sheet arrangements between us and any other entity that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to stockholders.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We continually evaluate our estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, recovery of long-lived assets, income taxes, and the valuation of equity transactions. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Any future changes to these estimates and assumptions could cause a material change to our reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the financial statements.

A summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. Management believes that the application of these policies on a consistent basis enables us to provide useful and reliable financial information about our operating results and financial condition. Other than as indicated herein, there have been no material revisions to the critical accounting policies as filed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 with the SEC on March 11, 2011.

37


Variable Interest Entities

Pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46 (Revised), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities - an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) we are required to include in our consolidated financial statements the financial statements of variable interest entities. FIN 46R requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss for the variable interest entity or is entitled to receive a majority of the variable interest entity’s residual returns. Variable interest entities are those entities in which we, through contractual arrangements, bear the risk of, and enjoy the rewards normally associated with, ownership of the entity, and therefore we are the primary beneficiary of the entity.

Tsingda Education is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”), and we are the primary beneficiary. On April 26, 2010, we entered into agreements with Tsingda Education pursuant to which we shall receive a quarterly fee in an amount equal to Tsingda Education’s quarterly, after tax net profits. In accordance with these agreements, Tsingda Education shall pay consulting fees equal to 100% of its quarterly, after tax net profits to our wholly-owned subsidiary, Tsingda Management, and Tsingda Management shall supply the technology and administrative services needed to service Tsingda Education.

The accounts of Tsingda Education are consolidated in the accompanying financial statements pursuant to FIN 46R. As a VIE, Tsingda Education’s sales are included in our total sales, its income from operations is consolidated with ours, and our net income includes all of Tsingda Education’s net income. We do not have any non-controlling interest and accordingly, did not subtract any net income in calculating the net income attributable to us. Because of the contractual arrangements, we have a pecuniary interest in Tsingda Education that requires consolidation of Tsingda Education’s financial statements with our financial statements.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”).The Company’s functional currency is the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”); however the accompanying financial statements have been translated and presented in United States Dollars (“$”).

Consolidated Statements

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, (Tsingda Technology, and Tsingda Management), and Tsingda Century and its subsidiaries, Tsingda Network and Tsingda Century Training School. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of fixed assets; the allowance for doubtful accounts; the fair value determination of financial and equity instruments, the reliability of deferred tax assets; the recoverability of, intangible asset and property, plant and equipment; and accruals for income tax uncertainties and other contingencies. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in those estimates and assumptions.

Reclassification
Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements for the prior year have been reclassified to conform to the presentation of the current year for the comparative purposes.

Risk and Uncertainties
Tsingda Century and Tsingda Network operate under the authority of business licenses which were granted in 2003, and expire in 2023. Renewal of these licenses will depend on the result of government inspections which are made to ensure environmental laws are not breached.

The officers of the Company control through direct ownership of most of the equity interests of the Company. As a result, insiders will be able to control the outcome of all matters requiring approval of equity owners and will be able to elect all of the Company directors.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
For Statement of Cash Flows purposes, the Company considers all cash on hand and in banks, including accounts in book overdraft positions, certificates of deposit and other highly-liquid investments with original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash with various banks and trust companies located in China. Cash accounts are not insured or otherwise protected. Should any bank or trust company holding cash deposits become insolvent, or if the Company is otherwise unable to withdraw funds, the Company would lose the cash on deposit with that particular bank or trust company.

38


Short-Term Investments
The Company invested in a financial product, which is similar to notes receivable, with maturity of four months, provided by a small investment company in China in the year ended December 31, 2009. The short-term investment is recorded at cost which approximates the fair market value. As of December 31, 2010, the short-term investment has been matured and fully collected with a gain.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance For Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at the invoiced amount less an allowance for uncollectible accounts, as needed. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and the customers’ financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, and the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. Past due balances are reviewed individually for collectability. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

Advance to Suppliers
Advance to suppliers represents the payments made and recorded in advance for goods and services to be received. The Company makes advances to suppliers for advertising, printing and other services and products.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash, short term investments, accounts receivable and other receivables, advances to suppliers, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and other liabilities, approximate their fair values at December 31, 2010.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on property and equipment other than leasehold improvements is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as set out below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residual Value

 

Estimated Useful Life

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

 

5

%

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vehicles

 

 

5

%

 

5 years

 

Intangible Assets
Intangibles are the cost of computerized video lessons delivered both online and offline developed by the Company and the acquired intangible assets with finite lives consist of courseware. All costs incurred to establish the technological feasibility of a computer software product to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are charged to expenses as incurred. Development costs incurred after technological feasibility of a product has been established and before product sales begin are capitalized and amortized over the estimated life of the product, which thus far has been three years, starting when product sales begin. Technological feasibility is deemed to have been achieved when all the planning, designing, coding, and testing activities necessary to establish that the product can be produced to meet its design specifications have been completed, including functions, features, and technical performance requirements. Acquired coursewares with finite lives are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment. Amortization of acquired coursewares is calculated on a straight-line basis over three years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets Subsections of FASB ASC Subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment - Overall, long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, and purchased intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

Customer Deposits
The Company required certain amount of deposits from its customers and franchised locations. The customer deposits are recorded as a liability when the Company receives it and will be recognized as revenue after the service is rendered.

39


Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash, short term investments, accounts receivable and advances to suppliers. However, all Company assets are located in the PRC and Company cash balances are on deposit at financial institutions in the PRC, the currency of which is not free trading. Foreign exchange transactions are required to be conducted through institutions authorized by the Chinese government and there is no guarantee that Chinese currency can be converted to U.S. or other currencies.

Recognition of Revenue

Online Courses

The Company provides online education programs to its franchisees, agents and individual customers. Revenue is realized through sales to franchisees and other agents of rights to conduct education services. The Company authorized the franchised locations to use its logo, all education programs and products and the Company receives a onetime licensing fee, annual management fee, and 20% of student generated revenue from the franchised location by providing them prepaid e-cards of 5 times the cash amount. All the mentioned fees are revenues or unearned revenues from the sale of e-cards. Revenue is recognized until the services are consummated upon the e-cards are opened and used by the students to purchase online education courses and is reported net of business tax. The opening of cards is tracked by our IT system automatically and the revenue is proportionally recognized based on the progress of the e-cards usage.

Virtual Internet Classroom

The Company sold prepaid e-cards to the customers. Revenue is recognized until the services are consummated upon the e-cards are opened and used by the students to purchase online education courses and is reported net of business tax. The opening of cards is tracked by our IT system automatically and the revenue is proportionally recognized based on the progress of the e-cards usage.

Sales of Materials and Publications

The Company started the sales of self-branded reference books and materials from August 2010. The revenue is recognized upon the products are delivered to the customers. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the revenue generated from sales of materials and publications was less than 10% of the total revenue.

Live courses

Live courses are provided by teachers at the Company owned learning centers and the sales was started from November 2010. The revenue is recognized based on the progress of courses the students completed during the period. During the year ended December 31, 2010, revenue generated from providing live courses was less than 1% of our total revenue.

Advertising
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising is included in selling expenses for financial reporting. The Company incurred advertising costs of $3,150,215 and $2,086,405 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method pursuant to ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax assets if it is considered more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740-10-25 clarifies the accounting for uncertain tax positions and requires that an entity recognizes in the consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the position. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company has elected to classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if and when required, as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income.

Other Taxes
The Company generates its income in China where Business Tax, Income Tax, City Construction and Development Tax, and Education Surcharge taxes are applicable.

Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares, Ordinary Share equivalents and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during each period. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had no common stock equivalents that could potentially dilute future earnings per share.

40


The Company’s board of directors approved a three-for-one reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s outstanding Ordinary Shares on October 19, 2010. References to shares in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, including, but not limited to, the number of shares and per share amounts, have been adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split on a retroactive basis.

Foreign Currency Translation
The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC are measured using the Chinese currency Renminbi as the functional currency, while the Company’s reporting currency is the US dollar. Balance sheet accounts with exception of equity of the subsidiaries are translated at the prevailing exchange rate in effect at each period end, income statement accounts are translated at the average rate of exchange during the period, and equity accounts were stated at their historical exchange rate. Exchange gains or losses arising from foreign currency transactions are included in the determination of net income (loss) for the respective periods. Translation adjustments are included in the accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income.

Other Comprehensive Income
The Company has adopted ASC220, Reporting Comprehensive Income, which establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income, its components, and accumulated balances in a full-set of general-purpose financial statements. The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income represents the accumulated balance of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, adopted January 1, 2008, defines fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for current receivables and payables qualify as financial instruments. Management concluded the carrying values are a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the short period of time between the origination of such instruments and their expected realization and if applicable, their stated interest rate approximates current rates available. The three levels are defined as follows:

 

 

 

 

Level 1 - inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

 

 

 

Level 2 - inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

 

 

 

 

Level 3 - inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

It is management’s opinion that as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the estimated fair values of the financial instruments were not materially different from their carrying values as presented on the balance sheet. This is attributed to the short maturities of the instruments and that interest rates on the borrowings approximate those that would have been available for loans of similar remaining maturity and risk profile at respective balance sheet dates. The carrying amounts of short-term loans approximate their fair values because the applicable interest rates approximate current market rates.

Related Parties
A party is considered to be related to the Company if the party directly or indirectly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company. Related parties also include principal owners of the Company, its management, members of the immediate families of principal owners of the Company and its management and other parties with which the Company may deal if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests. A party which can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the transacting parties or if it has an ownership interest in one of the transacting parties and can significantly influence the other to an extent that one or more of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests is also a related party.

Products Warranties
Refunds to students who withdraw from courses are rarely made and are made only at the discretion of the Company. For this reason and, since revenue is recognized only as services are provided, no provision is needed for possible withdrawals.

41


Segment Reporting
The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the chief executive officer of the Company who reviews financial information of separate operating segments based on US GAAP. The chief operating decision maker now reviews results analyzed by service line. This analysis is only presented at the revenue level with no allocation of direct or indirect costs. Consequently, the Company has determined that it has only one operating segment.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Management believes that none of the recently adopted accounting pronouncements will have a material affect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Effective July 1, 2008, the Company adopted ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, which provides guidance on how to measure assets and liabilities that use fair value. ASC 820 applies whenever another U.S. GAAP standard requires (or permits) measurement of assets or liabilities at fair value, but does not expand the use of fair value to any new circumstances. The Company also adopted FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No.FAS 157-2, which allows the Company to partially defer the adoption of ASC820. This FSP defers the effective date of ASC 820 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), to fiscal years beginning after November 15,2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities include all assets and liabilities other than those meeting the definition of a financial asset or financial liability as defined in paragraph 6 of Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The adoption of ASC 820 did not have an impact on our financial statements.

In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, “Subsequent Events,” which provides guidance to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. ASC 855 also requires entities to disclose the date through which subsequent events were evaluated as well as the rationale for why that date was selected. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented. ASC 855 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 855 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2009, the FASB issued Update No. 2009-01, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (ASU 2009-01). ASU 2009-01 establishes “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification,” or Codification, which became the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. On the effective date, the Codification superseded all then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non grandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification will become non authoritative. ASU 2009-01 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption did not have any impact on the Company’s operating results, financial position or cash flows.

In December 2009, the FASB codified Consolidations – “Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with VIEs” (ASU 2009-17), guidance which was issued by the FASB in June 2009. The amendments in this Accounting Standards Update replace the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which reporting entity, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and has (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. An approach that is expected to be primarily qualitative will be more effective for identifying which reporting entity has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. ASU 2009-17 is effective as of the beginning of the interim period ended June 30, 2010. The adoption of this standard did not have any material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

As part of the restructuring, on April 26, 2010, Tsingda Management entered into a series of agreements with Tsingda Century and its shareholders, including an Operating Agreement, Proxy Agreement, Consulting Services Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement and Option Agreement, which entitled Tsingda Management to receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Tsingda Century in consideration for consulting services provided by Tsingda Management to Tsingda Century. The Option Agreement allows Tsingda Management to acquire the shares of Tsingda Century when permitted by the PRC laws. The Proxy Agreement provides Tsingda Management with the voting rights of Tsingda Century’s shareholders and the Equity Pledge Agreement pledges the shares in Tsingda Century to Tsingda Management without transferring legal ownership in Tsingda Century to Tsingda Management. Under the Consulting Services Agreement, Tsingda Management is the exclusive service provider to Tsingda Century for services, including general business operations, human resources and business development and Tsingda Century is obligated to make regular payments for such services provided. Under the Operating Agreement, Tsingda Century shall not conduct any transactions which may materially affect its assets, obligations, rights or operations without the written consent of Tsingda Management. Further, Tsinda Century adopted a corporate policy suggested by Tsingda Management in connection with Tsingda Century’s daily operations, financial management and the employment and dismissal of its employees. Through these agreements, Tsingda Management has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of Tsingda Century and Tsingda Century became a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and is included in the consolidated Group.

42


Recent Financings

September 2010 Financing

On September 16, 2010, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (“Securities Purchase Agreement”) with certain accredited investors (“Investors”) pursuant to which we completed an offering (“Offering”) of units (“Units”) for total gross proceeds of $9,600,000. Each Unit is priced at $1.60 and consists of one (1) Ordinary Share, and a Series A Stock Purchase Warrant (“Warrants”) to purchase 35% of the number of Ordinary Shares purchased in the Offering. The initial Warrant exercise price is $2.08 per share and the Warrant term is five (5) years. The Warrant may be exercised on a cashless basis three (3) months after the Ordinary Shares are listed on a major stock exchange or other exchange or market described therein.

We entered into a Hold Back Escrow Agreement with Zhong Hui Rong (Fujian) Fund Ltd, (the “Lead Investor”) and an escrow agent under which we deposited $520,000 of the Offering proceeds with the escrow agent. Increments of the escrowed amount will be released to the Company upon the Company attaining the following respective milestones: (i) $120,000 upon engaging an investor relations firm reasonably acceptable to the lead Investor; (ii) $100,000 upon providing the lead Investor with evidence that is reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Investor indicating that Circular 75 filings have been approved by the PRC Government, (iii) $100,000 upon providing the Lead Investor with documentation demonstrating that the business license of Beijing Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co., Ltd. has been amended to clarify to the lead investor’s reasonable satisfaction that the VIE Subsidiaries are properly authorized to engage in its current business; and (vii) $200,000 upon providing the Lead Investor with written confirmation that (a) an independent accounting firm reasonable satisfactory to the Lead Investor has been engaged, and (b) a law firm reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Investor has been retained in connection with our initial public offering. If on June 30, 2011, any portion of the escrowed amount remains in escrow as a result of our failure to satisfy any of the milestones, then the Lead Investor can cause the release of the balance of the escrowed amount to the Investors, on a pro rata basis. As of the date hereof, the $100,000 remains in escrow subject to the Company’s satisfaction of approval from the PRC Government on Circular 75 filings.

In connection with the Offering, our largest shareholder, Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd., a Belize corporation, placed preferred shares equal to 6,000,000 Ordinary Shares in escrow on a post three-for-one split basis (the “Escrow Shares”) and agreed to transfer the Escrow Shares, in whole or in part as described below, to the Investors on a pro rata basis in the event that we do not meet certain performance targets for our fiscal years ending December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011.

If the Company’s net income for fiscal year 2011 is less than $13,500,000, the escrow agent shall transfer to the Investors, on a pro-rata basis, an amount of Escrow Shares equal to the percentage of variation from the 2011 performance threshold times the total number of Escrow Shares. Any Escrow Shares remaining will be returned to the Company’s largest shareholder. Net income is as defined under United States generally accepted accounting principles, provided, however, that net income as used for these purposes for each of fiscal years 2010 and 2011 shall be increased by any cash or non-cash charges incurred (i) as a result of the financing, including without limitation, as a result of the issuance, exercise or any anti-dilution adjustment of the Warrants and (ii) as a result of the release of the Escrow Shares pursuant to the terms of the Securities Escrow Agreement.

We also entered into a Founding Shareholder Lock-Up Agreement with our largest shareholder pursuant to which the shareholder agreed to restrict the transfer of its Ordinary Shares for 12 months from the listing date on any of: the NYSE, any tier of the NASDAQ Stock Market, or the NYSE Amex (“Listing Date”), except that during the lock up period, such shareholder may transfer an amount up to 5% of the Ordinary Shares held by such shareholder. We also entered into a Six Month Lock Up Agreement with various other shareholders pursuant to which these shareholders agreed to restrict the transfer of their respective shares in the Company for 6 months from the Listing Date, except that during the lock up period, each of these shareholders may transfer an amount up to 5% of the Ordinary Shares held by such shareholder. Finally, we entered into Initial Shareholder Lock-Up Agreements with certain other shareholders pursuant to which these shareholders agreed to restrict the transfer of their shares in the Company for nine (9) months from the Listing Date, except that during the (i) initial 6 months of the lock up period, each of these shareholders may transfer an amount up to 5% of the Ordinary Shares held by such shareholder, and (ii) final three months of the lock up period, each of these shareholders may transfer an amount up to 20% of the Ordinary Shares held by such shareholder.

Placement Agent

Maxim Group, LLC (“Maxim”), a FINRA broker/dealer, acted as our placement agent in connection with the Offering. On March 12, 2010, Beijing Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co., Ltd., our variable interest entity, entered into an exclusive placement agent agreement, as amended, with Maxim which had a term through October 31, 2010. Since the initial term is now completed, either party may terminate the agreement with 30 days advance notice. Maxim received an effective cash commission of $411,000 (or approximately 4.3% of the proceeds of the Offering) and warrants equal to 4.5% of the number of Ordinary Shares sold in the Offering (or 364,500 Ordinary Shares). The warrant term is five years and is exercisable at any time beginning on March 16, 2011. The exercise price is $110% of the offering price of the Units (or $1.76). We are required to register the Maxim warrants. We also agreed to indemnify Maxim against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In addition, we reimbursed Maxim for $25,000 as reasonable out of pocket expenses.

43


July 2011 Financing

On July 12, 2011, we entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “July Securities Purchase Agreement”) with AMI, as the investor, in connection with a private placement of 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares at a price of $4.56 per share. On July 21, 2011, we closed an initial $5,000,000 tranche and on August 23, 2011, we received the balance of $8,680,000, for total proceeds of $13,680,000 from the sale of such 3,000,000 shares. Under the terms of our agreement with AMI, we are obligated, by July 12, 2012, to have our Ordinary Shares listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, NASDAQ Global Market or New York Stock Exchange. Subject to our obtaining such listing, the purchaser has agreed not to sell any of the 3,000,000 shares for six months and limit to 600,000, the number of shares it will sell during the next succeeding six months.

The issuance of the Ordinary Shares to AMI is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to Regulation S thereof. The Company made this determination based on the representation of investor that the investor is not a “U.S. person” as that term is defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, and that AMI is acquiring the Ordinary Shares for investment purposes for its own account and not as nominees or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof, and that the investor understood that the Ordinary Shares may not be sold or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption therefrom.

Under the July Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to file an initial registration statement to register the Ordinary Shares for resale in a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 45 days from the initial closing, and to make such registration statement effective within 180 days from the initial closing. The filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is intended to satisfy our obligations under the July Securities Purchase Agreement.

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

Our organization was structured to abide by the laws of the PRC. Its structure is depicted below:

(FLOW CHART)

We were organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands on September 27, 2006. Tsingda Technology was organized under the laws of British Virgin Islands on December 11, 2009. Tsingda Management was organized under the laws of the PRC on November 26, 2007. Tsingda Education was organized under the laws of the PRC on October 23, 2003. Tsingda Network was organized under the laws of the PRC on February 14, 2004.

On May 24, 2010, we acquired Tsingda Technology. The transaction was treated for accounting purposes as a capital transaction and recapitalization by the accounting acquirer and as a re-organization by the accounting acquiree.

Tsingda Technology owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Tsingda Management. On April 26, 2010, Tsingda Management entered into a series of contractual agreements with Tsingda Education, and its shareholders, in which Tsingda Management effectively assumed management of the business activities of Tsingda Education and has the right to appoint all executives and senior management and the members of the board of directors of Tsingda Education. The contractual arrangements are comprised of a series of agreements, including a Consulting Services Agreement, Operating Agreement, Voting Rights Proxy Agreement, Equity Pledge and Option Agreement, through which Tsingda Management has the right to advise, consult, manage and operate Tsingda Education for an quarterly fee equal to its quarterly, after tax net profits. Additionally, Tsingda Education’s Shareholders have pledged their rights, titles and equity interest in Tsingda Education as security for Tsingda Management to collect consulting and services fees provided to Tsingda Management through an Equity Pledge Agreement. In order to further reinforce Tsingda Management’s rights to control and operate Tsingda Education, Tsingda Education’s shareholders have granted Tsingda Management the exclusive right and option to acquire all of their equity interests in Tsingda Education through an Option Agreement.

On November 15, 2010, the Company held a Special Meeting of Shareholders (“Special Meeting”) at its principal offices in Beijing, China, pursuant to the Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders. At the Special Meeting, 33,386,754 shares of the Company’s authorized share capital were represented in person or by proxy, which constituted a quorum. At the Special Meeting, shareholders approved two proposals (i) to change of the corporate name from Compass Acquisition Corporation to Tsingda eEDU Corporation and (ii) to affect a three-for-one (3 to 1) consolidation of the Company’s issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares and to increase the amount of the Company’s authorized Ordinary Shares from thirty-nine million sixty-two thousand five hundred shares (39,062,500) to one hundred million (100,000,000) shares. The name change of the Company to Tsingda eEDU Corporation and the three-for-one consolidation and increase in the Company’s authorized share capital was effective immediately following shareholder approval.

44


OUR BUSINESS

Market Information

General

China’s education market is substantial based on the sheer size of its population. According to information published by the PRC government, it appears that our target population market as of June 30, 2011 is approximately 360 million individuals. The group is comprised of: infants and children below school age (6) - 160 million; primary school students - 110 million; junior high school students - 60 million; and senior high school students 30 million.

The importance of education in China is grounded upon a number of factors. Confucian doctrines placed high importance on education. Another factor which placed significant import on education arose from China’s “one child policy” implemented in 1979 in an effort to control its population. As a result of the “one child policy,” many Chinese families believe that their future rests with the success of their only child and, consequently, there is a strong parental push towards education. Another factor contributing to the demand for education in China is the need to support the economic growth China has experienced and is continuing to experience.

In the PRC, school attendance is mandatory through junior high school. Beyond junior high school, schooling is voluntary and students must pay for senior high school and any post-secondary school. Senior high school students typically range in age from 15 to 19. Students in post-secondary schools (or any educational institution beyond senior high school) typically range in age from 20 to 24.

The use of online education is increasing in China. Based on industry data, the market size of online education in 2008 in the PRC was approximately $5.1 billion with 2012 projections reaching $10.6 billion. Moreover, the number of online education learners in China will climb to 23.1 million in 2010, twice as many as that in 2007. The Chinese online education market is expected to experience average growth of 150% in the next five years.

(BAR CHART)

Shortage of funding

China’s educational system historically has been under-funded compared to the rest of the world. In 2008, China’s fiscal education expenditure was 3.48% of GDP compared with the world average of 4.5% Recently, the PRC government has taken initiatives to improve its educational system countrywide due principally to the recognition that the country’s technological development ultimately rests on the level of competency, or level of education, of its workforce. Yet despite these initiatives, there remains a severe disparity in educational funding between rural and urban areas in China as discussed below.

45


Funding disparity

China’s vast territory and large population have led to a significant disparity in public educational offerings between urban and rural areas. According to official statistics, there is a significant gap in the average education investment of students between rich and poor provinces. The public funding disparity for primary schools, junior high schools and senior high schools can range between 6-8 times more in the rich, urban areas compared with the poorer, rural areas. Compared with first-tier cities in PRC, many rural areas lack qualified teacher and training resources due principally to lack of funding from local governments. In recent years, a series of positive measures have been taken by related authorities to support the development of distance education. However, the problem is still quite pronounced, and massive input from the private sector is in demand.

The Tsindga Learning Concept

General

We are an online provider of supplementary educational services in China. Our Chinese website is http://www.eeduol.com and our English language web-site is www.eeduuol.com. The information contained on our websites does not form a part of this prospectus. We rolled out our “Tsingda Learning Center” concept in 2006, and more recently in late 2008, we introduced our web-based real-time interactive learning platform called “Tsingda Virtual Internet Classroom.”

Our educational model is depicted below:

(FLOW CHART)

Our educational services are not accredited by the PRC Ministry of Education or any other governmental agency. As such, our learning concept does not function as a substitute or alternative to traditional government run schools, which are accredited by the PRC Ministry of Education to grant diplomas and/or degrees, rather it has been shaped to supplement learning provided by government run schools in the PRC. No accrediting learning centers compete with us in our industry. “Accredited learning centers” are traditional degree-granting schools and we are not at a competitive disadvantage because we are not an accredited learning center.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had revenues of $27,447,545, as compared to revenues of $14,650,863 for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of approximately 87%. For the three months ended June 30, 2011, we had revenues of $8,861,189 as compared to revenues of $5,616,047 for the three months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of approximately 57.78%. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we had revenues of $17,090,536 as compared to revenues of $9,467,108 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of approximately 80.53%.

Learning Centers

As of December 31, 2009 and after three years of operations, we had approximately 1,750 operating Tsingda Learning Centers located in 1,300 cities and 23 provinces throughout the PRC. Of the total amount, three were Company-owned with the remainder being franchised operations. As of December 31, 2010, we had over 2,346 operating Tsingda Learning Centers in 1,400 cities and 23 provinces. As of June 30, 2011, we had over 2,496 operating Tsingda Learning Centers in 1,400 cities and 23 provinces. Of the total amount, 32 were Company-owned with the remainder being franchised operations. As of June 30, 2011 we had 7,993,458 registered students and 1,563,384 active students.

46


Our Tsingda Learning Centers principally target elementary school (grades K-8) students and in most instances are located in close proximity of a local elementary school. We designed the rollout of our franchised learning centers to generally avoid the tier one cities of Shanghai, Beijing, Chengdu, and Guangzhou. Instead, we are geographically concentrated on the second and third tier cities. We believe there are 50,000 2nd and 3rd tier cities in the PRC. We employed this strategy because we believe that competition in these lower tier cities would be less intense than first tier cities, but more importantly, we anticipated stronger product demand in the rural areas due to disparity in educational funding between the two areas.

While we concentrate our franchise development efforts in the rural areas for reasons discussed above, we located our initial Company-owned centers in close proximity to our headquarters in Beijing. This allows us to exert greater operating control over our own centers, as well as provide a nearby training center for new franchisees. We plan on opening future Company-owned centers in other tier one cities which will serve as regional training centers.

Our target customers are students ranging from 6 to 18 years of age studying at elementary, junior and senior high schools. Of our customers, 70% are elementary school students, 20% are middle school students and 10% are high school students. Our marketing methods consist of:

 

 

Referrals from teachers. Approximately 50% of our franchisees are school teachers and they encourage their students to attend learning centers after school.

 

 

Concentrated Advertising. Learning centers generally distribute leaflets in front of school and advertise on bulletin boards in high density residential areas.

 

 

Activities. Learning centers periodically hold recruitment conferences and free tours of online content, etc. in public areas where parents and teachers are invited.

 

 

Mass Advertising. We advertise on local and national television, local newspapers and magazines, and on the Internet.

Although we do not recruit students based on prior academic performance, regulations prohibiting a PRC educational institution from recruiting students based on prior academic performance do not apply to us.

Teaching at our learning centers is solely delivered electronically via desktop computers housed at our locations, either taught in live real time by a teacher at a remote location, or from a pre-recorded course. Our proprietary courses provide two core curriculums: synchronous (or sync) courses and featured courses. Sync courses match textbooks from local schools and are delivered synchronously with the curriculum for these schools. Featured courses consist of learning programs designed to bolster skills in core subjects such as math and English, among others. Featured courses prepare students for the highly competitive high school and college entrance exams. Our courses provide a broad learning experience to the student. Learning modules includes classes directed by a wide range of teachers, including “renowned” teachers from tier one cites, Q&A sessions, and one on one teaching. Our courses also feature regular mock tests and exams, and gap detection which determines student weakness and automatically generates subsequent teaching aids. We also have digitized textbooks for 97% of our targeted schools in the PRC. We believe our courses are the most advanced in the industry and is a compelling learning regime particularly for students from less populated areas where teaching resources are limited.

In China, high school exams and college entrance exams are conducted on a local and provincial level, and are not standardized on a national level, such as the SAT in the United States. In that regard, there are many different exams and our students prepare for high school entrance exams by taking our courses that are synchronized with the textbooks they are studying. The most popular of our synchronous courses are keyed to the following textbooks:

 

 

 

Subject

 

Textbook Editions/Publisher


 


Chinese Language

 

Remin University, Jiangsu Edition, Beijing Normal University
Shanghai Edition, Hebei Edition, Hunan Edition

 

 

 

Mathematics

 

Remin University, Jiangsu Edition, Beijing Normal University
Zhejiang Edition, Shanghai Edition, Hebei Edition,

 

 

 

English

 

Remin University, Jiangsu Edition
Beijing Normal University, Zhejiang Edition, Foreign Language
Teaching and Research Press, Yilin-Oxford English

 

 

 

Physics

 

Remin University, Jiangsu Edition, Beijing Normal University
Zhejiang Edition, Shanghai Edition, Hebei Edition, Hunan Edition

 

 

 

Chemistry

 

Remin University, Jiangsu Edition, Beijing Normal University

 

 

Zhejiang Edition, Shanghai Edition, Hebei Edition, Hunan Edition

47


Our students prepare for their college entrance exam by consuming our featured courses on subjects that are typically covered in a provincial college entrance exam:

 

 

 

Subject

 

Contents


 


Chinese Language
Mathematics
English
Physics
Chemistry

 

Composition, Reading
Focused Algebra, Mystery of Geometry
Listening training, Speaking training, Efficient Reading, Writing
Focused Mechanics, Focused Electricity, Focused Optics, Focused Heat, Focused Atom
Chemistry Experiments

 

 

 

Special Subject
Academic Chair

 

Nan Kai University Chair, Mock test, Simulation Questions Analysis
Huang Gang Chair, Mock test, Simulation Question Analysis
Chair of Middle School attached to China Normal University, Mock test, Simulation Question Analysis

 

 

 

Psychological
Counseling

 

Psychological Counseling before University Entrance Exam, Case Study

In November 2010 we began offering live courses through our company-owned learning centers which are all located in Beijing. Depending on the initial response to these live courses, we may consider expanding our live course offerings to Company-owned learning centers in other first-tier cities. We do not intend to offer live courses through our franchise-owned learning centers, nor do we intend that any of our Company-owned learning centers will become solely dedicated to live course offerings.

Live courses are taught on either a one-to-one basis or with up to 10 students. As with all of our course offerings, students purchase live courses by purchasing e-cards. Students can choose any combination of live, online or pre-recorded courses for all of their education needs. We charge more for live courses than for online or pre-recorded courses. During the year ended December 31, 2010, revenue generated from providing live courses was less than 1% of our total revenue.

Online Virtual Classrooms

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we successfully developed an interactive, real-time, and personalized learning platform called the “Tsingda Internet Classroom.” Tsingda Internet Classroom has been designed to be an online marketplace whereby buyers (students) and sellers (teachers) are linked through our proprietary software interface for the sole purpose of transacting educational related services. The target audience is mainly high school students; however some classrooms are oriented towards junior high and other students. Course subjects along with pricing and presentations dates are posted to a presentation page on our web-site by company qualified teachers. Our teacher roster includes approximately 3,423 “renowned” teachers, as of June 30, 2011, from tier one cities. These teachers have achieved recognition based on awards from the Ministry of Education. Interested students can browse presentation web-pages by teacher or subject matter. Teacher credentials, course outline, pricing, presentation times, and presentation mode (live or pre-recorded) also are displayed. Course purchases are made electronically, and are delivered through a video feed which can be viewed electronically by the student. More popular courses are recorded for later presentation. Our online learning platform offers students from less developed regions the opportunity to be able experience the teaching disciplines of more experienced, including these renowned teachers from tier one cities. Unlike the courses provided at a learning center, virtual classroom courses have not been designed to be synchronous. In most courses, students can communicate electronically with teachers.

The Tsingda virtual classroom was first launched for high school students, and later included junior high and elementary students. As of December 31, 2010, total registered students and active students for our virtual classroom platform were 428,550 and 84,126, respectively, and the number of certified teachers was 16,000. A significant portion of our existing student base and current revenues of our virtual classroom is attributable to students who have attended or are attending our learning centers.

48


Our Revenue Model

We generate revenues both from our Company-owned and franchised learning centers and from the sale of “e-cards” which are used to purchase our courses.

Tsingda Learning Centers

(FLOW CHART)

From franchised locations, we receive (a) a one time, franchise licensing fee, (b) annual management fees equal to 10% of the initial franchise licensing fee, (c) 18% of student generated revenue from pre-recorded courses and 8% of student generated revenue from real-time courses, and (d) 10% from the sale of reference books and stationery products sold in the centers. We retain 100% of the revenue generated at Company-owned locations.

Tsingda Learning Centers

As of June 30, 2011, approximately 2,496 Tsingda Learning Centers are in operation in 1,400 cities and 23 provinces in China. The map below depicts the concentration of Tsingda Learning Centers by region as of June 30, 2011.

(MAP)

49


The following table reflects the concentration of our learning center locations by city and province:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Province

 

Shandong

 

Jiangsu

 

Sichuan

 

Henan

 

Zhejiang

 

Guangdong

 

Hunan

 

Fujian

 

Anhui

 

Shanxi


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Number

 

292

 

209

 

172

 

156

 

152

 

128

 

99

 

98

 

96

 

91


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

City

 

Zibo

 

Qingdao

 

Fuzhou

 

Chengdu

 

Suzhou

 

Wuxi

 

Nanning

 

Wenzhou

 

Zhengzhou

 

Nanchang


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Number

 

39

 

35

 

33

 

31

 

31

 

26

 

25

 

25

 

25

 

24

Key Features of Our Courses

Key features of our proprietary courses are categorized as follows:

 

 

 

 

o

Comprehensive Reference Library: We have digitized 97% of the teaching materials of all elementary, junior high and high schools in the PRC. The library allows for easy student reference to the familiar teaching materials.

 

 

 

 

o

Curriculum Matching Courses: Early in its product development, we recognized that in the PRC, like most other developed or developing countries, teaching curriculum for the identical subject matter varies by region or province. Apart from digitizing substantially all of the relevant teaching materials, we have customized our teaching courses to match local teaching materials. This means that a student in a Sichuan city learning center and a student in Nanjing city learning center will receive different course material on the same subject matter. We developed these customized learning materials in collaboration with regional teachers.

 

 

 

 

o

Synchronous Courses Delivery: The courses deliver teaching materials to the student synchronously with curriculums from local schools. Students can drill down to lessons which coincide with current school classes.

 

 

 

 

o

Diverse Teaching Disciplines. For any subject in our curriculum, students can select presentations from numerous teachers, including renowned teachers.

 

 

 

 

o

Gap Detection: Our proprietary courses detect weaknesses in a student’s aptitude. During testing and Q&A sessions, incorrect answers generate subsequent questions specifically aimed at bolstering student weaknesses.

 

 

 

 

o

Results Evaluation. The courses are result oriented and thus provides scores on mock tests and practice sessions so that students or their parents can gauge performance. It also delivers progress reports on demand which indicate a student’s progress in a given subject over a period of time.

Our Curriculum

Learning centers provide two core curriculums: synchronous (or sync) courses and featured courses, and both are depicted below:

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Curriculums

 

Module

 


 


 

Sync courses

 

Match local textbooks in subjects like English and math.

 

 

 

 

 

Featured courses

 

Primary school English

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary school math

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary school Olympic math

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Primary school literature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kid English series

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intensive teaching and drill series

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Composition series

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Video from famous school

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High school admission exam preparatory channel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

College admission exam preparatory channel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional Chinese cultures workshop

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Science and discovery

50


We also have entered into licensing arrangements with third parties to provide extracurricular materials that are delivered through video, audio and animation. These presentations relate to such matters as Chinese and worldwide culture, geography and history. While these extracurricular products do not provide meaningful revenues to a learning center, they provide students with an educational diversion from core subjects.

PRC Regulation of Franchise Businesses

We have made all required filings and met all requirements under PRC law to legally operate a franchise business in the PRC. The required filings include (i) copies of the business license or enterprise registration certificate; (ii) a sample franchise contract; (iii) a brochure for franchise operations; (iv) a marketing plan; (v) written commitment and relevant materials proving that the relevant provisions have been followed; and (vi) other documents and materials required by relevant governing authorities.

The legal requirements to operate a franchise business in the PRC under the Regulation on the Administration of Commercial Franchises require the franchisor to possess a mature business model and the ability to provide long-term business guidance, technical support, business training and other services to its franchisees. The franchisor must have at least two direct sales stores, and have been engaged in the business for more than a year. If this franchisor conducts its operations within the scope of a single province, autonomous region, or municipality directly under the PRC Central Government, it is required to file the required legal documents with the relevant governing authorities of the province, autonomous region or municipality directly under the PRC Central Government; and if the franchisor conducts its operations within the scope of two or more provinces, autonomous regions, or municipalities directly under the PRC Central Government, it is required to file the required legal documents with the competent commercial authority of the State Council.

Franchise and Company-owned Center Details

A typical franchised learning center is approximately 100 to 300 square meters while Company-owned locations are almost double in size at 300 to 800 square meters. Each franchise center is staffed with 4-5 employees, while Company-owned centers are staffed with 8-10 employees. The staff generally includes one supervisor, with the remainder of staff consisting of counselors. Our experience to date has been that most centers are owned and operated by former teachers in the respective regions. Thus, these operators often times are familiar with many of the families in the area and are able to promote the center’s attributes the local market.

Generally, learning centers are located within close proximity of an elementary school, and most students are able to walk from their school to the learning center. Hours of operation are between 9:00 am to 8:30 pm each school day, however, high student traffic generally occurs between 3:00 pm to 6:00 pm during the school day. During winter recess (4 weeks) and summer recess (8 weeks), many children of single or dual income parents arrive at the learning center in the morning and leave in the evening. While at the learning centers, students can access the learning center curriculum or our virtual classrooms. A typical franchise center receives approximately 40-80 students per day, while a Company-owned center receives approximately 80-100 students per day.

51


Each learning center consists of three segregated areas, online learning, counselor guidance, and educational products depicted as follows:

 

 

 

 

o

Online Learning Area. Each franchised and Company-owned center generally supports between 15 and 50 computers, respectively, in the online learning area. During periods of high student traffic, computers are accessible to students for a maximum of one hour. Students pay for courses exclusively through the Tsingda “e-card,” a re-chargeable debit card which may be purchased at any learning center with cash or via electronic bank transfer. Once a student enters his name, ID and password, our proprietary software immediately recognizes the student’s school, grade level, and proficiency, and instantaneously delivers a menu of teaching materials designed to match the student’s current curriculum. The menu includes sync and featured courses, practice sessions, online question and answer database, mock tests, and interactive question and answer sessions.

 

 

 

 

o

Counselor Guidance Area. Students utilize the counselor guidance area to complete homework, take exams, or to perform workshop materials. The guidance area is supervised by counselor to ensure that students are not distracted by other students. In addition, parent meeting are held in this area.

 

 

 

 

o

Education Product Area. Each center provides an array of products available for sale to students, which include teaching materials complimentary to courses, DVDs, books, learning toys, and general office supplies. Students also are able to purchase Tsingda “e” learning cards in this area.

Courses can be purchased under a variety of packages and pricing, including by day, by month, and by semester. Typically, our learning centers hold four hour sessions for elementary school students and three hour sessions for our middle and high school students for our Monday through Friday programs. For our weekend program, all sessions for all students are bifurcated into two separate two hour segments.

Franchise Arrangements

Each franchise agreement grants a specific territory to a franchisee which in turn requires the franchisee to open a corresponding number of centers commensurate with such territory as follows:

 

 

 

 

Typical Number of Centers

 

Territory


 


 

3

 

 

County

 

5

 

 

Prefectured City

 

8

*

 

Provincial Capital City

 

50

*

 

Province

* The actual number of centers for a Provincial Capital City and Province may vary depending on certain factors determined by the Company and the franchisee.

For reference purposes, the PRC consist of 23 provinces, 4 municipalities, 5 autonomous regions and 2 special administrative regions. These administrative divisions are further divided into prefectures with each prefecture consisting of numerous counties and townships.

The term of each franchise agreement is one year, and renewable annually by the parties. Under the agreement, franchisees are required to pay an initial franchise licensing fee of between $7,000 and $10,000 per location depending on franchise territory, and thereafter franchisees pay an annual management fee equal to 10% of their initial franchise licensing fee. Franchisees must maintain a standardized signage, storefront and interior design, adhere to company pricing policies for courses, unified promotion activities and exclusively use company generated materials, among other terms. Franchisees are required to bear all the costs of owing and operating each center, including rent, staffing, and marketing. The estimated cost to open a learning center for a franchisee ranges from $40,000 to $60,000 inclusive of franchise payments to the company, lease deposits, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment (10-40 desktop computers). Franchisees also are required to obtain necessary operating permits, and comply with applicable laws and regulations. Our franchise attrition rate for 2008 and 2009 was 5.2% and 4.1%, respectively.

Tsingda Virtual Classroom

The “Tsingda Internet Classroom” is a robust, multi-faceted on line educational platform delivering educational services in the PRC. The virtual classroom has been designed to be an online marketplace whereby buyers (students) and sellers (teachers) are linked through its proprietary software for the sole purpose of transacting educational related services. The platform currently targets mainly high school students and to a lesser extent junior high school students. We expect to apply this platform to other educational areas, such as a Chinese language learning program that can be accessed worldwide, and adult vocational training classes for use in the PRC. We do not have a timetable as when we plan to introduce these other educational programs.

52


The Tsingda virtual classroom was first launched for high school students, and later included junior high and elementary students. As of December 31, 2010, total registered students and active students for our virtual classroom platform were 428,550 and 84,126, respectively, and the number of certified teachers was 20,163 (approximately 3,044 of which are “renowned”). As of June 30, 2011, total registered students and active students for our virtual classroom platform were 527,137 and 101,797, respectively, and the number of certified teachers was 29,870 (approximately 3,423 of which are “renowned”). A significant portion of our existing student base and current revenues of our virtual classroom is attributable to students who have attended or are attending our learning centers.

Students enroll in the system by providing relevant personal and educational information, along with electronic bank information. Students log on to the platform by entering an assigned user name and password. The software interface allows students to browse the system by subject matter and teacher name. An interested subscriber can enter the virtual classroom for a free trial of the first 5 minutes, after which the student can either log out or remain online and his/her account will be charged for the class.

Our various classrooms are depicted in the graphic below:

(FLOW CHART)

 

 

 

 

o

Renowned Teacher Classroom: The Company has attracted approximately 3,423 teachers who are classified as “renowned,” out of our 29,870 total teachers (approximately 11.46%) to prepare and develop courses as of June 30, 2011. A “renowned” teacher is generally one who has received a distinguished teacher award from the Ministry of Education and in our opinion has developed an outstanding reputation in the teaching community. These courses are well attended with attendance ranging from 1,000-10,000 students. The renowned teacher classroom enables student from the rural regions to experience the teaching disciplines of these teachers. Renowned teacher classrooms are often recorded for subsequent viewing by students.

 

 

 

 

o

General Classroom: These classes are presented by qualified, albeit not renowned teachers. These classrooms are designed for 30 to 50 students. These classrooms are used for general courses, including mathematics, English, and physics.

 

 

 

 

o

One-on-One Classroom: These are real time classrooms specially designed for students desiring personalized and private tutoring space.

All of the classrooms are designed to be interactive whereby teacher and student can communicate electronically through text messaging, audio feeds, and email, however, due to the size of the Renowned Teacher Classroom, interactive communications are limited. Our system also maintains records of the teacher/student communications.

As mentioned elsewhere herein, we recognized the disparity in the level of educational services delivered by the government to the various regions in China. We believe that our platform attempts to bridge the education gap by allowing students from the poorer, less funded regions, to experience the disciplines of other qualified teachers, including renowned teachers.

Teacher Arrangements

Qualifications of Teachers

We believe the strength and future success of our virtual classroom is dependent upon the qualifications of our faculty. As a result, we have implemented the following practices designed at attain and maintain high teacher and subject matter integrity;

53



 

 

 

 

o

Background. We perform a series of background checks to verify academic credentials and employment history of each teacher. These checks include obtaining transcripts from schools and universities as well as phone interviews with colleagues.

 

 

 

 

o

Experience. Each teacher must have at least a degree from a university or college recognized by the Ministry of Education.

 

 

 

 

o

Course Subjects. Course subjects and course outlines are approved in advance to ensure that courses presented avoid sensitive political and social issues.

 

 

 

 

o

Quality Control. We frequently monitors live sessions to ensure that teachers adhere to pre-approved course outlines and to assess overall teacher performance. We also monitor email exchanges between students and teachers.

Financial Arrangements with Teachers

We enter into formal agreements with our qualified teachers. Under our agreements, qualified teachers receive a percentage of subscription revenue from virtual classroom courses and any courses that are pre-recorded for later use. The percentage inuring to the teacher is 60% for virtual classroom courses and 10% for all pre-recorded classes. All course materials prepared by teachers are property of the Company.

Qualified teachers are afforded the flexibility to develop course content which they perceive as receptive to students, subject to our approval. Teachers are then able to post to the platform, specific information concerning one or more classes offered to students. Relevant information includes the subject matter of the class, date and time of the class, price of the class, and the qualifications of the teacher. On any given day, a student can browse over hundreds of classes on a variety of subject matters. More popular classes are English, math and physics. However, specialized subjects are also offered by some teachers. Courses are presented live or pre-recorded from a prior live session. Classes range between 0.5 to 1 hours longs. Pricing ranges between $1.5 and $50 per hour, again dependent upon class subject matter, level of difficulty, and teacher qualification. The following table shows the average price for three different types of courses we offer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type

 

Elementary

 

Middle School

 

High School

 


 


 


 


 

One-to-one classroom

 

$

11.76

 

$

14.71

 

$

17.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Renowned Teacher Classroom

 

$

5.88

 

$

7.35

 

$

8.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Classroom

 

$

8.82

 

$

11.76

 

$

14.71

 

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth and expansion strategy for the next 6 to 12 months includes the following measures:

 

 

 

Increase the number of Company-owned learning centers. As of June 30, 2011, we have 32 Company-owned locations. Due to the size of Company-owned locations, we are able to absorb higher student traffic and generate higher overall revenues compared to franchised locations. We also recognize 100% of the revenue stream from these locations. For the six month ended June 30, 2011, we have completed construction of 11 new Company-owned locations. The aggregate estimated cost to open these locations is $2,500,000.

54



 

 

 

Increase the number of franchised learning centers. As of June 30, 2011, we had over 2,496 locations within 1,400 2nd and 3rd tier cities throughout China. We estimate that there are approximately 50,000 2nd and 3rd tier cities in the PRC. Our plan is to increase the number of franchised learning centers by increasing our advertising and marketing initiatives in an effort to attract more franchisees. As of June 30, 2011, the Company has agreements to open 160 new franchised learning centers. In the next six months, we plan on spending approximately $1.2 million on a broad scale brand promotional campaign. This campaign will target a number of media outlets, including advertisements on regional television and in local newspapers in select markets, as well as holding periodic regional events in these markets, all of which will be designed to attract franchisees.

 

 

 

On average, the total cost of opening a Company-owned learning center is approximately $100,000 as described in further detail in the following table:


 

 

 

 

 

Interior decoration

 

$

22,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipments and facilities

 

$

5,882

 

 

 

 

 

 

6-month Rent (paid up front)

 

$

44,118/6 month

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit

 

$

7,353/month

 

 

 

 

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

$

22,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

101,471

 


 

 

 

Increase traffic to our virtual classrooms. We plan to allocate more capital resources to the marketing and promotion of our virtual classrooms. The above mentioned brand promotion campaign will include sponsoring events at prominent high-schools designed to promote our virtual classrooms, advertising in school newspapers, and to a lesser extent, subscribing to more per click ad space on selected Internet sites, such as Sina.com and Yahoo.com.cn. We also expect to experience increased traffic to our virtual classrooms coincident with our franchise expansion efforts. Since introduction of this platform, historical results have indicated that a majority of our virtual classroom subscribers have originated from our learning centers.

We plan to establish additional learning centers in 2011 as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 


 

New company-owned learning centers

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total company-owned learning centers

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

New franchised learning centers

 

 

529

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total franchised learning centers

 

 

2,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Learning Centers

 

 

2,896

 

In order to execute our plan of expanding our business operations we will need to (i) increase the number of our learning centers, (ii) scale and adapt our existing network infrastructure to accommodate increased systems traffic and (iii) increase our marketing efforts. Through 2011, we expect to open approximately 600 additional franchised locations; in the next six months, we plan on spending approximately $1.2 million on a broad scale brand promotional campaign; and we will need significantly more computing power as traffic within our system increases and our learning center locations expand. We will be required to spend significant capital and resources to manage our additional franchises, execute our promotional campaign and to purchase equipment, and upgrade our technology and network infrastructure to handle increased Internet traffic. In this regard, we have budgeted approximately $1.2 million for our market campaign, approximately $1.4 million for IT expenditures, and approximately 1.8 million to add and improve our course content in 2011. If we fail to expend sufficient capital to execute our growth strategy, our operating results will be harmed.

55


In November 2010, we began offering live courses through our company-owned learning centers which are all located in Beijing. Depending on the initial response to these live courses, we may consider expanding our live course offerings to Company-owned learning centers in other first-tier cities. We do not intend to offer live courses through our franchise-owned learning centers, nor do we intend that any of our Company-owned learning centers will become solely dedicated to live course offerings.

Live courses are taught on either a one-to-one basis or with up to 10 students. As with all of our course offerings, students purchase live courses by purchasing e-cards. Students can choose any combination of live, online or pre-recorded courses for all of their education needs. We charge more for live courses than for online or pre-recorded courses. During the year ended June 30, 2011, revenue generated from providing live courses was17.1% of our total revenue.

Marketing and Promotion

Our marketing efforts target three principal areas; franchisees, students for our Company-owned learning centers, and students for our virtual classrooms.

We attract franchisees by conducting regional seminars on a periodic basis in areas that we have targeted for expansion, as well as advertising on regional television and in local newspapers in these areas. These efforts have produced in excess of 2,200 operating franchisees.

Our Company-owned learning centers are in close proximity to schools and large residential areas. We have been able to attract students to our learning centers principally through the distribution of leaflets in the nearby areas. We do not recruit students based on academic performance.

Traffic to our virtual classrooms has been driven principally by students from our learning centers. We expect to increase traffic to our virtual classrooms commensurate with the numerical increase of our learning centers.

We will continue the above stated marketing measures for the foreseeable future. In addition, however, as mentioned herein, we plan on spending approximately $1.2 million on a broad scale brand promotional campaign during the next six months. This campaign will create an overall brand awareness for our company and our products, and we expect the program to reach potential franchisees and students alike. Specifically, we intend to advertise on regional television and in local newspapers in select markets, hold periodic regional events in these specific markets, subscribe to more per click ad space on selected Internet sites, such as Sina.com and Yahoo.com.cn, and advertise in school newspapers.

Through December 31, 2011, we plan to spend approximately $4.7 million on marketing, as described in further detail in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

Recruitment of students

 

$

1,764,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recruitment of franchises

 

$

735,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brand promotion

 

$

441,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

Online Platform

 

$

1,764,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

4,705,882

 

Competition

We do not have direct competition from others with a business model of offering online educational services at home and at learning centers. We face competition from online web schools with respect to our virtual classroom model, such as China Edu, although these schools are generally limited by the scope of classes offered and the number of teachers available for presentation. China Edu offers only pre-recorded courses broadcast online, targeting students aged three to eighteen in tier 1 and tier 2 cities in China. The price point of China Edu is between $176 to $426 per year. We differentiate our business from China Edu by targeting students aged six through eighteen in tier 2 and tier 3 cities at a substantially lower price point, by offering pre-recorded as well as live, real-time online courses, consumable both at home and at franchised or Company-owned learning centers.

Our business also faces competition from traditional offline cram schools. However, these schools are fragmented throughout the country with concentration mainly in tier one cities. The largest of such cram schools are Xueda, Juren and China TAL Education, which are focused on serving the tier 1 cities. Because these schools are fragmented, they have no more than 200 locations, none of which are franchised. Further, they do not offer online courses, and their teaching materials are not synchronized with official textbooks. We compete with these cram schools by offering online courses at home and at learning centers, courses synchronized with textbooks, a lower price point, and because of our franchise model, are able to expand more quickly and to more markets than the cram school business model.”Accredited learning centers” are traditional degree-granting schools. As we are not an accredited learning center, we do not compete with these institutions.

56


We believe our current competitive advantages which will lead to potential future success are as follows:

 

 

 

Business Footprint and Reputation. We believe we are the largest provider of supplementary educational teaching in the PRC and we have achieved industry acclaim for products and services.

 

 

 

Management Experience. We have developed a strong management team which has demonstrated the ability to operate a highly successful business model.

 

 

 

Scalability of Franchise Model. We believe that we have standardized an innovative, high quality teaching platform at our learning centers which allows for substantial geographical expansion.

 

 

 

Attributes of our Virtual Classrooms. Our virtual classrooms have numerous attributes, including


 

 

 

 

No geographical limits. We allow students from anywhere in the PRC or elsewhere to subscribe to a wide menu of courses, many of which are presented by renowned teachers.

 

 

 

 

Real-time Interaction. Many of our classrooms allow real-time interaction between the student and teacher.

 

 

 

 

Learning on demand. We provide a wide menu of live and pre-recorded courses with a broad scheduling format, including weekends and holidays.

Employees

As of June 30, 2011, we had approximately 356 full time employees and seven officers, including our chairman and chief executive officer. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe we have good relations with our employees. We also have contracts with third party software providers from time to time to develop software applications in accordance with our specifications.

Properties

Our corporate offices are located at No. 0620, Yongleyingshiwenhuanan Rd., Yongledian Town, Tongzhou District Beijing under three year lease agreement terminating in 2012. The office space consists of approximately 1,868 square meters. Annual rent for fiscal year 2011 is expected to be approximately $374,941.

Equipment and Equipment Suppliers

Presently, the Company owns over 281 servers which are located in Beijing, Sichuan, Shandong, Zhejiang and Tianjin. These servers are maintained under service agreements with third parties. For each Company-owned learning center, the Company owns between 40 to 50 desktop computers.

The Company purchases its servers and computers from various large suppliers like Dell and Lenovo, among others. The Company purchase products from its suppliers on an “as needed” basis and presently does not believe the loss of any one supplier will have an adverse effect on its business.

Software Development

Our learning center and virtual classroom software has been developed internally by our engineers and developers and through collaboration with third party developers. We retain ownership to all work product developed internally and by third parties. We will maintain this development strategy for future software products. Our development team has expertise in software and database programming, web application, browser, and desktop technologies.

57


Intellectual Property

We were granted trademark protection from PRC authorities for the names and logo of Tsingda Century and Tsingda Xiaoboshi.

A total of eight patents have been filed with the PRC authorities with respect to various aspects of our business, of which four of the applications have been granted and four applications are pending.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description Appearance Design

 

Patent No

 

Term of the Patent

 

Date Issued/Filed


 


 


 


Card (all-in-card for entrepreneurship training)

 

200730161941.4

 

July 27, 2007 to July 26, 2017

 

Issued: June 25, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Card (Tsingda Learning Center)

 

200730161942.9

 

July 27, 2007 to July 26, 2017

 

Issued: July 16, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Card (all-in-card for early education)

 

200730161943.3

 

July 27, 2007 to July 26, 2017

 

Issued: June 25, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Card (all-in-card for China education)

 

200730161944.8

 

July 27, 2007 to July 26, 2017

 

Issued: May 21, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer-aided Children Evaluation and Guiding System

 

2007101298785

 

Pending

 

Filed: February 20 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer-aided Children Care Pattern System

 

2007101298770

 

Pending

 

Filed: February 20 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distant Network Education Interactive Platform

 

2007101298766

 

Pending

 

Filed: February 20 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Evaluation and Monitoring Method of Distant Online Education Platform

 

2007101298751

 

Pending

 

Filed: February 20 2009

We have registered four software applications with the PRC authorities with respect to various aspects of our business. Under PRC Copyright Law, a copyright protects both the design of a software product and the name of the product. Copyrights are granted for a term of 50 years from the date of first publication.

 

 

 

 

 

Name of the Software

 

Date of Filing

 

Registration No.


 


 


Network Baomu Software V1.0

 

May 20, 2007

 

2007SR14359

 

 

 

 

 

Tsingda Shouhushen Software V2.0

 

December 1, 2008

 

2009SR014243

 

 

 

 

 

Tsingda Learning Center Software V1.0

 

April 20, 2007

 

2009SR014242

 

 

 

 

 

Tsingda Internet Classroom Software V1.0

 

July 15, 2008

 

2009SR014244

Litigation

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings, which arise, in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business. We are currently not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Government Regulation

The Chinese government regulates the education services industry and the substance of Internet content. This section summarizes the principal Chinese regulations relating to our businesses. We operate our business in China under a legal framework that consists of the State Council, which is the highest executive authority of the Chinese central government, and several ministries and agencies under its authority, including the Ministry of Education, or MOE, the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, the Ministry of Information Industry, or MII, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or SAIC, the Ministry of Civil Affairs, or MCA, and their respective authorized local counterparts.

We have been advised by our PRC counsel that, except for the license for broadcasting audio-video programs through the Internet discussed below, for which we have already applied, no consent, approval or license other than those already obtained by our Chinese subsidiaries and affiliates is required under any of the existing laws and regulations of China for our business and operations.

58


Regulations on Broadcasting Audio-Video Programs through the Internet or Other Information Network

The State Administration of Radio, Film and Television, or SARFT, and MII promulgated the Rules for Administration of Internet Video-Audio Programs Service, or the Video-Audio Programs Rules, which became effective on January 31, 2008. The Video-Audio Programs Rules apply to the activities of broadcasting, integration, transmission, downloading of audio-video programs with computers, televisions or mobile phones as the main terminals and through various types of information networks. Pursuant to the Video-Audio Programs Rules, a permit for broadcasting audio-video programs through an information network is required to engage in these Internet broadcasting activities. On April 13, 2005, the State Council announced a policy on private investments in businesses in China that relate to cultural matters, which prohibits private investments in businesses relating to the dissemination of audio-video programs through information networks. On December 24, 2010, we obtained the License for Broadcasting Audio-Video Program through the Internet issued by the State Administration of Radio Film and Television (license No. 0110588).

“Educational websites” refers to websites of organizations providing education or education-related information services to website visitors by means of a database or online education platform connected via the Internet or an educational television station. “Online education schools” refers to education websites that issue educational certificates in connection with their providing academic education services or training services.

On June 29, 2004, the State Council issued the Decision on Setting Down Administrative Licenses for the Administrative Examination and Approval Items Really Necessary to be Retained, which provides that an administrative license is required for “online education schools” that provide degrees to students, but not for “educational websites” that do not provide degrees to students, such as Tsingda Education.

Regulations on Operating Private Schools

The principal regulations governing private education in China consist of the Education Law of China, The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003), The Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004) and the Regulations on Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Operating Schools. These regulations are summarized below.

Education Law of China

The Education Law of China, or the Education Law, was enacted on March 18, 1995. The Education Law sets forth provisions relating to the fundamental education systems of China, including a system of pre-school education, primary education, secondary education and higher education, a system of nine-year compulsory education and a system of education certificates. The Education Law requires the government to formulate plans for the development of education and the establishment and operation of schools and other education institutions. In principle, enterprises, social organizations and individuals are encouraged to operate schools and other types of educational organizations in accordance with Chinese laws and regulations. Nevertheless, no school or any other accredited educational institution may be established for profit-making purposes. However, private schools may be operated for “reasonable returns,” as described in more detail below.

The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and The Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004)

The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) became effective on September 1, 2003, and its implementing regulations, The Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004), became effective on April 1, 2004. Under these regulations, “private schools” are defined as schools established by individuals or private social organizations using private funds. Private schools providing degree education, pre-school education, education for self-study aid and other academic education are subject to approval by the education authorities, while private schools engaging in occupational qualification training and occupational skill training are subject to approvals from the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare. An approved private school will be granted an operating permit, and it must be registered with the MCA or its local counterpart as a privately run non-enterprise legal person.

The operation of private schools is highly regulated. For example, the types and amounts of fees charged by private schools offering certifications must be approved by the relevant governmental authority and be publicly disclosed, and the types and amounts of fees charged by private schools that do not offer certifications need only be filed with the relevant governmental authority and be publicly disclosed.

59


Private education is treated as a public welfare undertaking under the regulations. Nonetheless, investors in a private school may elect to require “reasonable returns” from the schools. Under the regulations, an election to establish a private school as one requiring reasonable returns must be made in the articles of association of the school. For schools that have made this election, the amount of reasonable return that can be distributed to investors each year is determined based on a percentage of the school’s “operating surplus,” which is equal to the school’s annual net income less the aggregate amount of donations received, government subsidies, if any, the amount required to be reserved for the school’s development fund and other expenses as required by the regulations. This percentage is determined by the school’s board of directors, taking into consideration the following factors: (i) the school’s tuition and other fees, (ii) the ratio of the school’s expenses used for educational activities and improving the educational conditions to the total fees collected; and (iii) the school’s admission standards and educational quality. Information relating to these factors must be publicly disclosed before the school’s board determines the percentage of the school’s annual net balance that can be distributed as reasonable returns. This disclosed information and the decision to distribute reasonable returns must also be filed with the approval authorities within 15 days from the decision made by the board. However, none of the current Chinese laws and regulations provides a formula or other guidelines for determining “reasonable returns.” In addition, none of the current Chinese laws and regulations sets forth different requirements or restrictions on a private school’s ability to operate its education business based on such school’s status as a school that requires reasonable returns or a school that has not made this election. At the end of each fiscal year, private schools are required to allocate a certain amount to their development fund for the construction and maintenance of the school and the procurement and upgrade of educational equipment. For private schools that require reasonable returns, this amount must be no less than 25% of the annual net income or the annual increase in the net assets of the school, while for other private schools, this amount must be no less than 25% of the annual increase in the net assets of the school, if any. Private schools that have not elected to require reasonable returns are entitled to the same preferential tax treatment as public schools. The regulations require that preferential tax treatment policies applicable to private schools requiring reasonable returns to be formulated by the finance authority, taxation authority and other authorities under the State Council, but to date no such regulations have been promulgated by the relevant authorities. We have received a legal opinion from our PRC counsel stating that we are not a private school.

The Company, through its subsidiary Beijing Tsingda Century Training School, acquired a license from the PRC government to issue course completion certificates to students. These certificates are not equivalency degrees, but rather these certificates acknowledge that a student has passed a particular course offered by Tsingda.

Regulations on Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Operating Schools

Chinese-foreign cooperation in the operation of schools and training programs is governed by the Regulations on Operating Chinese-Foreign Schools, issued by the State Council in 2003 in accordance with the Education Law, the Occupational Education Law and the Law for Promoting Private Education.

The Regulations on Operating Chinese-foreign Schools and its implementing regulations, the Implementing Rules for the Regulations on Operating Chinese-foreign Schools, or the Implementing Rules, which were issued by the MOE in 2004, encourage substantive cooperation between overseas educational organizations, which are required to have relevant qualifications and experience in providing high-quality education, and Chinese educational organizations to jointly operate various types of schools in China.

Permits for Chinese-foreign cooperation in operating schools must be obtained from the relevant education authorities or the authorities that regulate labor and social welfare in China. Since all of our learning centers are operated by our Chinese affiliated entity and not by us, we believe, based on an opinion received from our PRC counsel, that we are not required to apply for these permits.

Additionally, the Regulations on Operating Chinese-Foreign Schools and its Implementing Rules require that the foreign party to Chinese-foreign cooperative educational institutions or programs be a “foreign educational institution,” and under those regulations, a for-profit company, such as us, cannot qualify as a foreign educational institution. As a result, we cannot direct our affiliates in China, and instead we are a service provider to these affiliates.

In August 2004, the MOE promulgated the Announcement Regarding Re-Approval of Chinese-foreign Cooperative Educational Institutions and Programs, which requires Chinese-foreign cooperative educational institutions and programs that were established before July 1, 2004 (the effective date for the Implementing Rules) to obtain re-approval from the MOE.

In April 2007, the MOE issued the Circular on Further Regulating Chinese-foreign Cooperative Education Programs. The circular directs the local education authorities generally to suspend the approval of any new Chinese-foreign cooperative polytechnic education programs until the end of 2008. To ensure the quality of the Chinese-foreign education programs, the circular emphasizes the regulatory supervision of these programs and advises local education authorities to closely supervise and monitor the existing programs, especially in recruiting materials, advertisement, and issuance of degrees and diplomas, and directs them to report and remedy any non-compliance by existing programs of the applicable regulations.

Regulations on Internet Information Services

The State Council issued the Telecom Regulations and the Internet Information Services Administrative Measures, or the Internet Information Measures, on September 25, 2000.

The Internet Information Measures require that commercial Internet content providers, or ICPs, must either obtain a license for Internet information services, or an ICP license, from, or make an ICP filing with, the appropriate telecommunications authorities to carry on any commercial Internet information services in China. Generally, an ICP license is required to provide Internet information services for profit-making purposes, whereas only an ICP filing is required to provide Internet information services on a non-profit basis. We have received all necessary approvals in this regard.

In July 2006, the MII issued the Notice on Strengthening Management of Foreign Investment in Operating Value-Added Telecom Services. The notice prohibits Chinese ICPs engaged in providing value-added telecom services from leasing, transferring or selling their ICP licenses or providing facilities or other resources to illegal foreign investors. The notice requires Chinese ICPs to directly own the trademarks and domain names for the websites they operate, as well as servers and other infrastructure used to support these websites. The notice also requires Chinese ICPs to evaluate their compliance with the notice by November 1, 2006 and correct any non-compliance. A Chinese ICP’s failure to complete the procedures by November 1, 2006 could be the basis for revocation of its ICP license.

60


Regulations Relating to Information Security

On December 28, 2000, the National People’s Congress enacted the Decisions Regarding Maintaining Internet Security, which prohibits any use of the Internet that results in a breach of public security, dissemination of socially destabilizing content or divulgence of state secrets. The conduct prohibited is broadly defined under the decisions.

According to other relevant regulations, ICPs must complete mandatory security filing procedures with local public security authorities and must also report any public dissemination of prohibited content.

Regulations on Protection of the Right of Dissemination through Information Networks

On May 18, 2006, the State Council issued the Regulations on Protection of the Right of Dissemination through Information Networks, and they became effective on July 1, 2006. These regulations require that every organization or individual who disseminates a third party’s work, performance, audio or visual recording products to the public through an information network must obtain permission from, and pay compensation to, the copyright owner of these products, unless otherwise provided under relevant laws and regulations. The copyright owner may take technical measures to protect his or her right of dissemination through information networks and any organization or individual may not intentionally evade, destroy or otherwise assist others in evading these protective measures unless permissible under law. These regulations also provide that permission from and compensation for the copyright owner are not required in the event of limited dissemination to teaching or research staff for the purpose of school teaching or scientific research.

Regulations on Copyright and Trademark Protection

China has adopted legislation governing intellectual property rights, including copyrights and trademarks. China is a signatory to the main international conventions on intellectual property rights and became a member of the Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights, or TRIPS, upon its accession to the World Trade Organization in December 2001.

Copyright. The National People’s Congress amended its Copyright Law in 2001 to widen the scope of works and rights that are eligible for copyright protection. The amended Copyright Law extends copyright protection to Internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system administered by the China Copyright Protection Center.

Trademark. The Chinese Trademark Law, adopted in 1982 and revised in 2001, protects the proprietary rights to registered trademarks. The Trademark Office, which is under the SAIC, handles trademark registrations and grants a ten-year term to registered trademarks, subject to renewal for another ten years. Trademark license agreements must be filed with the Trademark Office for recording. We have registered nine trademarks with the Trademark Office and are in the process of registering additional marks. In addition, if a registered trademark is recognized as a well-known trademark, the proprietary right of the trademark holder may be extended beyond the registered sphere of products and services of the trademark.

On November 5, 2004, the MII amended the Measures for Administration of Domain Names for the Chinese Internet, or the Domain Name Measures. The Domain Name Measures regulate the registration of domain names, such as the first tier domain name “.cn.” In February 2006, China Internet Network Information Center, or CINIC, issued the Implementing Rules for Domain Name Registration and the Measures on Domain Name Disputes Resolution, pursuant to which CINIC can authorize a domain name dispute resolution institution to decide disputes.

Regulation of the Software Industry

Policies to Encourage the Development of Software

On June 24, 2000, the State Council issued Certain Policies to Encourage the Development of Software and Integrated Circuit Industries, or the Policies, to encourage the development of software and integrated circuit industries in China and to enhance the ability of PRC information technology companies to compete in the international market. The Policies facilitate the development of software and integrated circuit industries in China through various methods, including:

 

 

 

• encouraging venture capital investments in the software industry and providing capital to software enterprises or assisting such software enterprises to raise capital overseas;

 

 

 

• providing tax incentives, including an immediate tax rebate for taxpayers who sell self-developed software products before 2010 in the amount of the statutory value-added tax that exceeds 3%, and a number of exemptions and reduced corporate income tax rates;

61



 

 

 

• providing government support, such as government funding in the development of software technology;

 

 

 

• providing preferential treatments, such as credit facilities with low interest rates to enterprises that export software products;

 

 

 

• adopting various strategies to ensure that the software industry has sufficient expertise; and

 

 

 

• implementing measures to enhance intellectual property protection in China.

To qualify for preferential treatments, an enterprise must be recognized as a software enterprise by governmental authorities. A software enterprise is subject to annual inspection, failure to pass such inspection in a given year would cause the enterprise to lose the relevant benefits

Software Products Administration

On October 27, 2000, the MIIT issued the Measures Concerning Software Products Administration to regulate and administer software products and facilitate the development of the software industry in China. Pursuant to the Measures Concerning Software Products Administration, all software products operated or sold in China must be duly registered with and recorded by the relevant authorities, and no entity or individual is allowed to sell unregistered and unrecorded software products. In order to produce software products in China, a software producer is required to have:

 

 

 

• the status of an enterprise legal person, which scope of operations must include computer software business (including technology development of software or production of software products);

 

 

 

• a fixed production site;

 

 

 

• necessary conditions and technologies for producing software products; and

 

 

 

• quality control measures and capabilities for the production of software products.

Software developers or producers are allowed to sell their registered and recorded software products independently or through agents, or by way of licensing. Software products developed in China must be registered with local provincial governmental authorities in charge of the information industry and subsequently filed with the taxation authority at the same level and the MIIT. Imported software products, i.e., software developed overseas and sold or distributed into China, must be registered with the MIIT. Upon registration, the software products will be granted registration certificates. Each registration certificate is valid for five years from the issuance date and may be renewed upon expiry. The MIIT and other relevant authorities may carry out supervision and inspection over the development, production, operation and import/export of software products in and out of China.

On March 5, 2009, the MIIT promulgated the new Measures Concerning Software Products Administration, or the New Measures, which became effective on April 10, 2009. Under the New Measures, software products operated or sold in China are not required to be registered or recorded by relevant authorities, and software products developed in China (including those developed in China on the basis of imported software) can enjoy certain favorable policies when they have been registered and recorded. The New Measures also eliminated the previous requirements set forth above.

Software Copyright

The State Council promulgated the Regulations on the Protection of Computer Software, or the Software Protection Regulations, on December 20, 2001, which became effective on January 1, 2002. The Software Protection Regulations were promulgated, among other things, to protect the copyright of computer software in China. According to the Software Protection Regulations, computer software that is independently developed and attached to physical goods will be protected. However, such protection does not apply to any ideas, mathematical concepts, processing and operation methods used in the development of software solutions. Under the Software Protection Regulations, PRC citizens, legal persons and organizations will enjoy copyright protection for computer software that they have developed, regardless of whether the software has been published. Foreigners or any person without a nationality will enjoy copyright protection over computer software that they have developed, as long as such computer software was first distributed in China. Software of foreigners or any person without a nationality will enjoy copyright protection in China under these regulations in accordance with a bilateral agreement, if any, executed by and between China and the country to which the developer is a citizen of or in which the developer resides, or in accordance with an international treaty to which China is a party. Under the Software Protection Regulations, owners of software copyright will enjoy the rights of publication, authorship, modification, duplication, issuance, lease, transmission on the information network, translation, licensing and transfer. Software copyright protection takes effect on the day of completion of the software’s development. The protection period for software developed by legal persons and other organizations is fifty years and ends on December 31 of the fiftieth year from the date the software solution was first published. However, the Software Protection Regulations will not protect the software if it is not published within fifty years from the date of the completion of its development. Civil remedies available under the Software Protection Regulations against copyright infringements include cessation of the infringement, elimination of the effects, apology and monetary compensation. The copyright administrative authorities may order the infringer to stop all infringing acts, confiscate illegal gains, confiscate and destroy infringing copies, and may impose a fine on the offender under certain circumstances.

62


Software Copyright Registration

On February 20, 2002, the State Copyright Administration of the PRC promulgated and enforced the Measures Concerning Registration of Computer Software Copyright Procedures, or the Registration Procedures, to implement the Software Protection Regulations and to facilitate the development of China’s software industry. The Registration Procedures apply to the registration of software copyrights and software copyright exclusive licensing contracts and assignment contracts. The registrant of a software copyright will either be the copyright owner or another person (a natural person, legal person or an organization) in whom the software copyright becomes vested through succession, assignment or inheritance. Upon registration, the registrant should be granted a registration certificate by the China Copyright Protection Center.

Limitations on Foreign Ownership of Our Businesses

The Foreign Investment Industry Guidance Catalogue (amended in 2007), the Regulations on Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Operating School, the Implementation Measures for the Regulations on Sino-Foreign Cooperation in Operating Schools and other applicable laws and regulations limit foreign ownership in entities, or foreign participation in entities, engaging in specified education activities by:

 

 

 

 

requiring that the foreign party in any Chinese-foreign cooperation in operating schools be a qualified foreign educational institution;

 

 

 

 

requiring regulatory approval for any Chinese-foreign cooperation in operating schools;

 

 

 

 

prohibiting foreign investment in schools providing compulsory education (that is, the first grade through the ninth grade, or primary school and junior high school education); and

 

 

 

 

restricting foreign investment in educational websites.

Moreover, from a practical perspective, the MOE will not approve any foreign investment or participation in online degree education.

Our corporate structure is designed to comply with current regulatory limitations on foreign ownership and participation while engaging in our core business activities.

Operating License

Our business is subject to regulation by governmental agencies in the PRC. Business and company registrations are certified on a regular basis and must be in compliance with the laws and regulations of the PRC and provincial and local governments and industry agencies, which are controlled and monitored through the issuance of licenses and certificates.

Tsingda Education has received a license from the Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce. This business license enables us to conduct our business of providing non-certified educational services. The registration No. is 10112006225438, and it is valid from October 24, 2003 through October 23, 2013. Tsingda Management has received a license from the Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce which enables us to engage in business consulting, education information services and organizing cultural exchanges activities (excluding shows). This license is valid from November 26, 2007 to November 25, 2027. Once the terms expire, all the business licenses are renewable.

63


SAFE regulations on overseas investment of Chinese residents and employee stock options

The SAFE issued The Notice on Issues Relating to the Administration of Foreign Exchange in Fund-Raising and Reverse Investment Activities of Domestic Residents Conducted via Offshore Special Purpose Companies in October 2005, which became effective in November 2005, and an implementing rule in May 2007, collectively SAFE Rules. According to SAFE Rules, Chinese residents, including both legal persons and natural persons and Chinese citizens and foreign citizens who reside in China, are required to register with SAFE or its local branch before establishing or controlling any company outside China, referred to in SAFE rules as an “offshore special purpose company,” for the purpose of financing that offshore company with their ownership interests in the assets of or their interests in any Chinese enterprise. In addition, a Chinese resident that is a shareholder of an offshore special purpose company is required to amend its SAFE registration with the local SAFE branch with respect to that offshore special purpose company in connection with the injection of equity interests or assets of a Chinese enterprise in the offshore company or overseas fund raising by the offshore company, or any other material change in the capital of the offshore company, including any increase or decrease of capital, transfer or swap of share, merger, division, long-term equity or debt investment or creation of any security interest. The SAFE Rules apply retroactively. As a result, Chinese residents who have established or acquired control of offshore companies that have made onshore investments in China in the past were required to complete the relevant registration procedures with the competent local SAFE branch. If any resident of China failed to file its SAFE registration for an existing offshore entity, any dividends remitted by the onshore entity to its overseas parent since April 21, 2005 will be considered to be an evasion of foreign exchange purchase rules, and the payment of the dividend will be illegal. As a result of any illegal action of this type, both the onshore entity and its actual controlling person(s) can be fined. In addition, failure to comply with the registration procedures may result in restrictions on the relevant onshore entity, including prohibitions on the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliate and capital inflow from the offshore entity. Chinese resident shareholders of the offshore entity may also be subject to penalties under Chinese foreign exchange administration regulations.

We have asked our shareholders and beneficial owners who are Chinese residents to make the necessary applications and filings as required under Circular 75 and other related rules, as well as pursuant to the Escrow Agreement we entered into in connection with our September 2010 private placement. However, due to uncertainty concerning the reconciliation of Circular 75 with other approval or registration requirements, it remains unclear how Circular 75, and any future legislation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant government authorities. We will attempt to comply, and attempt to ensure that our shareholders and beneficial owners who are subject to these rules comply, with the relevant requirements. However, we cannot provide any assurances that all of our shareholders and beneficial owners who are Chinese residents will comply with our request to make or obtain any applicable registrations or comply with other requirements required by Circular 75 or other related rules. In addition, certain of the holders of options to purchase our Ordinary Shares are Chinese residents. We have been advised that it is unclear under SAFE Rules whether these option holders would be deemed to be beneficial owners of our company for the purposes of these rules as a result of holding these options. The failure or inability of our Chinese resident shareholders or beneficial owners to register with SAFE in a timely manner pursuant to SAFE Rules, or the failure or inability of any future Chinese resident shareholders or beneficial owners to make any required SAFE registration or comply with other requirements under SAFE Rules may subject these shareholders or beneficial owners to fines or other sanctions and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into or provide loans to our Chinese subsidiaries, limit our Chinese subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us, repay shareholder loans or otherwise distribute profits or proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to us, or otherwise adversely affect us.

On March 28, 2007, SAFE promulgated the Application Procedure of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Option Holding Plan or Stock Option Plan of Overseas Listed Company, or the Stock Option Rule. The purpose of the Stock Option Rule is to regulate foreign exchange administration of Chinese citizens who participate in employee stock holding plans and stock option plans of offshore listed companies. According to the Stock Option Rule, if a Chinese citizen participates in any employee stock holding plan or stock option plan of an offshore listed company, a Chinese domestic agent or the Chinese subsidiary of the offshore listed company is required to file, on behalf of the individual, an application with SAFE to obtain approval for an annual allowance with respect to the purchase of foreign exchange in connection with stock holding or stock option exercises. This restriction exists because a Chinese citizen may not directly use offshore funds to purchase stock or exercise stock options. Concurrent with the filing of the required application with SAFE, the Chinese domestic agent or the Chinese subsidiary must obtain approval from SAFE to open a special foreign exchange account at a Chinese domestic bank to hold the funds required in connection with the stock purchase or option exercise, any returned principal profits upon sales of stock, any dividends issued on the stock and any other income or expenditures approved by SAFE. The Chinese domestic agent or the Chinese subsidiary also is required to obtain approval from SAFE to open an offshore special foreign exchange account at an offshore trust bank to hold offshore funds used in connection with any employee stock holding plans.

All proceeds obtained by a Chinese citizen from dividends acquired from the offshore listed company through employee stock holding plans or stock option plans, or sales of the offshore listed company’s stock acquired through other methods, must be remitted back to China after relevant offshore expenses are deducted. The foreign exchange proceeds from these sales can be converted into Renminbi or transferred to the individuals’ foreign exchange savings account after the proceeds have been remitted back to the special foreign exchange account opened at a Chinese bank. If stock options are exercised in a cashless exercise, the Chinese individuals exercising them are required to remit the proceeds to the special foreign exchange account.. If we or our Chinese employees fail to comply with the Stock Option Rule, we and/or our Chinese employees may face sanctions imposed by foreign exchange authority or any other Chinese government authorities.

64


Foreign Exchange Control and Administration

Foreign exchange in China is primarily regulated by:

 

 

 

 

The Foreign Currency Administration Rules (1996), as amended; and

 

 

 

 

The Administration Rules of the Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange (1996), or the Administration Rules.

Under the Administration Rules, the Renminbi is convertible for current account items, including the distribution of dividends, interest payments, and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions. Conversion of Renminbi into foreign currency for capital account items, such as direct investment, loans, investment in securities and repatriation of funds, however, is still subject to the approval of SAFE. Under such rules, foreign-invested enterprises may only buy, sell and remit foreign currencies at banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange transactions after providing valid commercial documents and, in the case of capital account item transactions, only after obtaining approval from SAFE.

Under the Foreign Currency Administration Rules, foreign invested enterprises are required to complete the foreign exchange registration and obtain the registration certificate. Tsingda Management has not complied with these requirements. Tsingda Education and Tsingda Network are domestic enterprises and do not have to comply with these requirements.

The value of the Renminbi against the US dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions. Historically, the conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including US dollars, has been based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the US dollar. Under the new policy, the Renminbi will be permitted to fluctuate within a band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt a substantial liberalization of its currency policy, which could result in a further and more significant appreciation in the value of the Renminbi against the US dollar.

Regulation on Mergers and Acquisitions

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, promulgated the Regulation on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, which became effective on September 8, 2006. This new regulation, among other things, has certain provisions that purport to require offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for the purpose of listing and controlled by PRC individuals or companies, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website a notice specifying the documents and materials that are required to be submitted for obtaining CSRC approval.

In addition, under this new regulation, mergers and acquisitions of equity or assets involving PRC enterprises by foreign investors are subject to approval by the Ministry of Commerce or local branches or other competent government authorities. If we continue our expansion through acquiring PRC domestic companies by our offshore affiliates, we will be subject to such approval requirement.

Failure to comply with this new regulation may lead to sanctions by the Ministry of Commerce or other PRC regulatory authorities that are provided for in other relevant regulations governing foreign investment, foreign exchange, taxation, business registration, securities, and administration of state-owned assets.

Dividend Distributions

Pursuant to the Foreign Currency Administration Rules promulgated in 1996 and amended in 1997 and 2008, respectively, and various regulations issued by SAFE, and other relevant PRC government authorities, the PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China.

Tsingda Education and Tsingda Network are regulated by the laws governing foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC. Accordingly, they are required to allocate 10% of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards each year to their general reserves until the accumulated amount of such reserves has exceeded 50% of their registered capital, after which no further allocation is required to be made. As of December 31, 2009, the registered capitals of Tsingda Education and Tsingda Network are $4,421,156 and $588,235, respectively, and both companies have made the required allocations to the general reserves. These reserve funds, however, may not be distributed to equity owners except in accordance with PRC laws and regulations. We cannot assure you that the PRC government authorities will not request our subsidiaries to use their after-tax profits for their own development and restrict our subsidiaries’ ability to distribute their after-tax profits to us as dividends.

Pursuant to the new EIT law and its implementing regulations, dividends payable by a foreign-invested enterprise to its foreign investors will be subject to a 10% withholding tax if the foreign investors are considered as non-resident enterprises without any establishment or place within China or if the dividends payable have no connection with the establishment or place of the foreign investors within China, to the extent that the dividends are deemed China sourced income, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a different withholding arrangement. The Marshall Islands, where our immediate holding company is incorporated, does not have such a tax treaty with China. In addition, pursuant to a notice jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation of the PRC on February 22, 2008, distribution of accumulated profits of foreign-invested enterprises arising before January 1, 2008 will be exempt from withholding tax even if the distribution is made after January 1, 2008 but the distribution of profits arising after January 1, 2008 will be subject to withholding tax.

65


Regulation of Employment

On June 29, 2007, the National People’s Congress promulgated the Employment Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, or ECL, which became effective on January 1, 2008. On September 18, 2008, the State Council issued the People’s Republic of China Employment Contract Law Implementation Rules, or ECL Implementation Rules, which became effective on September 18, 2008, the date of issuance. The ECL and ECL Implementation Rules require employers to enter into written contracts with their employees, restrict the use of temporary workers and aim to give employees long-term job security.

Pursuant to the ECL, employment contracts lawfully entered into prior to the implementation of the ECL and continuing as of the date of its implementation will continue to be valid. Where an employment relationship was established prior to the implementation of the ECL but no written employment contract was entered into, a contract must be entered into within one month after the ECL’s implementation.

Regulations on Franchise Businesses

On February 6, 2007, the State Council promulgated the Regulation on the Administration of Commercial Franchisees, which became effective on May 1, 2007. This regulation requires that any enterprise engaging in trans-provincial franchise business shall register with the Ministry of Commerce, or MOC, and any enterprise engaging in franchise business within one province shall register with the provincial counterparts of MOC. On April 30, 2007, the MOC promulgated the Administrative Measures for the Filing of Commercial Franchises, which set forth in detail the procedures and documents required for the filing, including among other things the franchise agreement, market plan trademarks, and patents relating to the franchise.

According to the Regulation on the Administration of Commercial Franchises, a franchisor conducting franchise activities shall possess a mature business model and the ability to provide long-term business guidance, technical support, business training and other services to the franchisee. It shall have at least two direct sales stores and have done the business for more than a year. If a franchisor conducts its operations within the scope of a province, autonomous region, or municipality, it must file legal documents with the competent commercial authorities of the province, autonomous region or municipality. If a franchisor conducts its operations within the scope of two or more provinces, autonomous regions, or municipalities, it must file legal documents with the competent commercial authority of the PRC state council. A franchisor must submit the following documents and materials:

 

 

 

 

copies of its business license or enterprise registration certificate;

 

 

 

 

a sample franchise contract;

 

 

 

 

a brochure for franchise operations;

 

 

 

 

a market plan;

 

 

 

 

written commitments and relevant materials proving that the relevant filing provisions have been followed; and

 

 

 

 

other documents and materials required by the relevant commercial authorities.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

Prior to our reverse acquisition transaction with Tsingda Technology, our independent registered public accounting firm was PMB Helin Donovan, LLP (“PMB”), while Tsingda Management’s independent registered public accounting firm was Jeffrey & Company.
On August 23, 2010, we dismissed PMB Helin Donavan, LLP (“PMB”) as our independent registered public accounting firm. The Board of Directors of the Company approved such dismissal on August 19, 2010.
The Company’s Board of Directors participated in and approved the decision to change our independent registered public accounting firm.

PMB’s reports on the financial statements of the Company for the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.

66


In connection with the audit and review of the financial statements of the Company through August 23, 2010, there were no disagreements on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to their satisfaction would have caused them to make reference in connection with PMB’s opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement.

In connection with the audited financial statements of the Company for the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 and interim unaudited financial statement through August 23, 2010, there have been no reportable events with the Company as set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

Engagement of Jeffrey & Company.

On August 19, 2010, the Board appointed Jeffrey & Company as the Company’s new independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to engage Jeffrey & Company was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on August 19, 2010.
Prior to August 19, 2010, we did not consult with Jeffrey & Company regarding (1) the application of accounting principles to a specified transactions, (2) the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, (3) written or oral advice was provided that would be an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to an accounting, auditing or financial reporting issues, or (4) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement between us and its predecessor auditor as described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) or a reportable event as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
We provided PMB with a copy of this disclosure on August 23, 2010, and provided PMB with the opportunity to furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the statement made by us herein in response to Item 304(a) of Regulation S-K and, if not, stating the respect in which it does not agree. A letter from PMB dated August 23, 2010 was filed by us as Exhibit 16.1 to our current report on Form 8-K on August 23, 2010.

Dismissal of Jeffrey & Company and Engagement of Malone & Bailey LLP
On October 14, 2010, Compass Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) dismissed Jeffrey & Company, as its independent registered public accounting firm and appointed Malone Bailey LLP as its new independent registered public accounting firm. Since the Company does not have an audit or similar committee, the termination of Jeffrey & Company and the appointment of Malone Bailey LLP as the Company’s new independent registered public accounting firm was approved by the Company’s board of directors.

Jeffrey & Company’s report on the financial statements of the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and through October 14, 2010, there have been no disagreements with Jeffrey & Company (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Jeffrey & Company, would have caused it to make reference thereto in any of its reports.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and through October 14, 2010, there were no reportable events as defined in Regulation S-K Item 304(a)(1)(v).

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and through October 14, 2010, neither the Company nor anyone on behalf of the Company has consulted with Malone Bailey LLP regarding either:
1. The application of accounting principles to specified transactions, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and neither was a written report provided to the Company nor was oral advice provided that Malone Bailey LLP concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to an accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or

2. Any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement or a reportable event, as each term is defined in Items 304(a)(1)(iv) or (v) of Regulation S-K, respectively.

67


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the name, age, and position of our executive officers and directors. Executive officers are elected annually by our Board of Directors. Each executive officer holds his office until he resigns, is removed by the Board, or his successor is elected and qualified. Directors are elected annually by our stockholders at the annual meeting. Each director holds his office until his successor is elected and qualified or his earlier resignation or removal.

 

 

 

 

NAME

AGE

 

POSITION

Zhang Hui

44

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President

Liu Juntao

48

 

Executive Vice President and Director

Kang Chungmai

40

 

Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

Norm Klein

60

 

Director

David Bolocan

46

 

Director

Bi Cheng

53

 

Director

Zhang Hui established Tsingda Education in 2003, and has been its chairman, chief executive officer since its inception. From 1999 to 2003, he was vice president of Singapore Holding Group, during when he has integrated management methods and cultural diversity under different background efficiently, and then setting up a new branch for Singapore Holding Group-Holding Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Zhang worked as the newsroom director and vice chief editor of China technology information magazine, successfully hatching the publication of the best choice of Chinese excellently expertise, Chinese diathesis education, Chinese innovation education and China education research. He graduated from Wuhan University of Technology in 1989.

Liu Juntao has been the executive vice-president of Tsingda Education since its inception. Prior to his employ with Tsingda, he had over 10 years of administrative work for government. He also spent 5 years in private industry in the PRC where worked in product development, market exploiting and customer service. Mr. Liu graduated from Huazhong Agriculture University in 1983.

Kang Chungmai has been the chief financial officer and secretary of Tsingda Education since January 2010. From 2004 to 2007, he worked as managing director in Zero2IPO Group in Beijing a financial consulting firm. From 1999 to 2002, he served as CFO in Optoma Electronics (the largest TFT-LCD backlight and DLP projector producer in the world). From 1996 to 1999, he served as financial manager in Far Eastern Department Stores (the largest chain of department stores in the Greater China Region) based in Taipei. He had broad experiences in general financial management, debt and equity financing, foreign exchange hedging, offshore holding structure design, and investment evaluation. Mr. Kang holds his master degree in International Finance from the University of Westminster, London, UK in 1996. He also expects to receive the PhD degree in Management from the University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, Scotland in 2010.

Norm Klein, director, has over twenty years of experience working in manufacturing and process controls with major companies. Since 2001, Mr. Klein has acted as the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, and Investor Relations Officer for Eastbridge Investment Group Corporation [OTCBB: EBIG], a consulting firm. Prior to that, Mr. Klein worked with corporations such as Clorox, Honeywell, Dreyers Ice Cream, and Ingersol Rand Corporation, where Mr. Klein provided consulting expertise in strategic planning, financial management, marketing and selling, manufacturing and process controls. Mr. Klein holds a Bachelors Degree in Mechanical Engineering from Rose Hulman Institute and a Masters Degree in Business Administration from the University of Iowa.
David Bolocan, director, is a retail banking and marketing executive who has held positions at Sun Trust, Washington Mutual, JPM Chase and Bank of America. Since 2008, Mr. Bolocan has been a consumer banking products executive at Sun Trust. Previously, Mr. Bolocan was a consumer banking products executive at Washington Mutual (2007 to 2008) and JP Morgan Chase (2006 to 2007). From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Bolocan was an Executive Vice President at Bank of America, and its predecessor, MBNA. Mr. Bolocan is the author of ten books on popular business software packages. Mr. Bolocan holds a Master Degree in management sciences from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Bachelors Degree in Computer Science and Economics from Harvard University.

Bi Cheng director, has been a professor and doctoral advisor at Peking University since 2004. Mr. Bi is also a researcher in the China National Institute for Educational Research and a member of the Academic Committee and vice principal of the China Principal Development School. During his career, Mr. Bi has hosted and participated in more than 40 state level projects, published twelve scholarly treatises, compiled educational documents and dictionaries, and released over 200 thesis papers. Mr. Bi received his Ph.D. from the Education Department of Beijing Normal University in 1988.
We believe that Zhang Hui, as chairman and chief executive officer, and Liu Juntao as executive vice president of our business since its inception in 2003, are each qualified to and should be a director of Tsingda eEDU Corporation. Mr. Zhang and Mr. Liu have both been instrumental in establishing Tsingda Education and overseeing its operations. We also believe Mr. Klein, Mr. Bolocan and Mr, Bi are each qualified and should be on our board of directors. Mr. Klein and Mr. Bolocan bring to the Company valuable expertise and knowledge of United States corporate governance, and Mr. Bi is a respected academic in the field of education that would contribute to the Board’s diversity.
Directors are elected until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

68


There are no family relationships among our directors or officers.
To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers, including Nautilus Global Partners and Mid-Ocean Consulting who were promoters of the Company from the time of our incorporation to the time of its merger with Tsingda Technology, and Eastbridge Investment Group Corporation, who is a promoter of the Company, has been convicted in a criminal proceeding, excluding traffic violations or similar misdemeanors, or has been a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding during the past five years that resulted in a judgment, decree or final order enjoining the person from future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to, federal or state securities laws, or a finding of any violation of federal or state securities laws, except for matters that were dismissed without sanction or settlement. Except as set forth in our discussion below in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” none of our directors, director nominees or executive officers has been involved in any transactions with us or any of our directors, executive officers, affiliates or associates which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Code of Ethics

We currently do not have a code of ethics that applies to our officers, employees and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, however, we intend to adopt one in the near future.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth information concerning all cash and non-cash compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the named persons for services rendered in all capacities during the noted periods. No other executive officer received total annual salary and bonus compensation in excess of $100,000.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

Stock
Awards
($)

 

Option
Awards
($)

 

All Other
Compensation
($)

 

Total
($)

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zhang Hui(1)

 

 

2010

 

$

55,385

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

$

55,385

 

Chairman, President, and

 

 

2009

 

$

55,385

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

$

55,385

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kang Chungmai(1)

 

 

2010

 

$

46,225

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

$

46,225

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

2009

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph Rozelle(2)

 

 

2009

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Former President and Chief

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Financial Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Karl Brenza(3)

 

 

2009

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Former Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

On May 24, 2010, we acquired Tsingda Technology in a reverse acquisition transaction that was structured as a share exchange and in connection with that transaction, Mr. Zhang Hui became our Chief Executive Officer and President and Kang Chungmai became our Chief Financial Officer. Prior to the effective date of the reverse acquisition, Mr. Zhang and Mr. Kang held the same positions with Tsingda Education, respectively. The annual compensation shown in this table includes the amounts Mr. Zhang received from Tsingda Education prior to the consummation of the reverse acquisition. Mr. Kang was hired by Tsingda Education in January 2010 and his annual salary is approximately $46,225.

 

 

(2)

Mr. Joseph Rozelle resigned from the offices of President and Chief Financial Officer on May 20, 2010, and resigned as Secretary on May 24, 2010.

69



 

 

(3)

Mr. Karl Brenza was appointed as Chief Executive Officer on May 20, 2010, and resigned from such office on May 24, 2010.

Employment Agreements.

Except as noted below, there are no agreements or understandings for any of our executive officers or directors to resign at the request of another person and no officer or director is acting on behalf of nor will any of them act at the direction of any other person.

On January 1, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Zhang, our President and Chairman. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Zhang has agreed to work exclusively for the Company during the term and will receive a monthly salary of approximately $4,400. The agreement expires on December 31, 2019.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

No plan-based awards were granted to any of our named executive officers as of June 30, 2011.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

No unexercised options or warrants were held by any of our named executive officers as of June 30, 2011. No equity awards were made during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

No options to purchase our capital stock were exercised by any of our named executive officers, nor was any restricted stock held by such executive officers vested as of June 30, 2011.

Pension Benefits

No named executive officers received or held pension benefits as of June 30, 2011.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

No nonqualified deferred compensation was offered or issued to any named executive officer as of June 30, 2011.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

On April 29, 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Board of Directors may grant ordinary shares and stock options to its employees. The Company granted 900,000 ordinary shares to three executives for no cost and granted one executive 100,000 non-qualified stock options to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s ordinary shares at an exercise price of $2 per share. The stock options are exercisable over a term of 5 years.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Our executive officers are not entitled to severance payments upon the termination of their employment agreements or following a change in control.

Compensation of Directors

No member of our Board of Directors received any compensation for his services as a director during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During the fiscal year 2010 we did not have a standing compensation committee. Our Board of Directors was responsible for the functions that would otherwise be handled by the compensation committee. All directors participated in deliberations concerning executive officer compensation, including directors who were also executive officers, however, none of our executive officers received any compensation during the last fiscal year. None of our executive officers has served on the Board of Directors or compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity, any of whose executive officers served on our Board or Compensation Committee.

70


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information, as of the date hereof, with respect to the beneficial ownership of the outstanding Ordinary Shares by (i) any holder of more than five (5%) percent; (ii) each of our executive officers and directors; and (iii) our directors and executive officers as a group. Except as otherwise indicated, each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power over the shares beneficially owned.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner

 

Number of Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially Owned (1)

 

Percent
Of Class (2)

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officers and Directors

 

 

 

Zhang Hui (3)
President and Chairman

 

 

11,422,706

 

 

31.94

%

Liu Juntao(3)
Executive Vice President and Director

 

 

11,422,706

 

 

31.94

%

Kang Changmai
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

 

300,000

 

 

0.84

%

Norm Klein (6)
Director

 

 

2,079,740

 

 

5.82

%

David Bolocan
Director

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

Bi Cheng
Director

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

All officers and directors as a group (6 persons)

 

 

13,802,446

 

 

38.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5% or greater shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMI Corporation(4)

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

8.39

%

Yangyi Yu(5)

 

 

2,193,750

 

 

6.14

%

Eastbridge Investment Group Corp.(6)

 

 

2,079,740

 

 

5.82

%

Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd. (3)

 

 

11,422,706

 

 

31.94

%


 

 

(1)

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Each of the beneficial owners listed above has ownership of, and voting power and investment power with respect to, our Ordinary Shares. For each beneficial owner above, any options exercisable within 60 days have been included in the denominator.

(2)

Based on 35,754,862 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof.

(3)

Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd., a Belize corporation, is the record owner of such shares. Mr. Zhang, our Chairman and President, and Mr. Liu, our Executive Vice President and Director, own 81.7% and 18.3%, respectively, of this entity. Accordingly, both Mr. Zhang and Mr. Liu may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of shares owned by such reporting person.

(4)

Mr. Akira Mori and Mr. Murata Masaki are the main executives of AMI. AMI acquired 3,000,000 ordinary shares at $3.3 per share.

 

Address of the two people is:

 

2-3-17 Toranomon, Minato-ku

 

Tokyo, 105-0001, Japan

(5)

The amount includes stock purchase warrants to acquire 568,750 Ordinary Shares.

 

Address of the person is:

 

c/o Tsingda Century Invest Tech. Co. Ltd.

 

7th Fl Capital

 

Devel Twr, Zhongguangchun

 

Haidian Dist, Beijing PRC 100080

(6)

Norm Klein is Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer of Eastbridge Investment Group Corp.

 

Address of the person is:

 

8040 E. Morgan Trail Unit 18

 

Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

71


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 Ordinary Shares, $.000384 par value, and 537,227.22 preferred shares, $.000384 par value. As of the date hereof, 35,754,862 Ordinary Shares are outstanding. No preferred shares are outstanding.

(a) Ordinary Shares. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding Ordinary Shares are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available therefore at times and in amounts as our board of directors may determine. Each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each Ordinary Share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Cumulative voting is not provided for in our amended articles of incorporation, which means that the majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election. The Ordinary Shares are not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption. Upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and satisfaction of preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the Ordinary Shares. The outstanding Ordinary Shares are, and the Ordinary Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Warrants will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

(b) Preferred Stock. As of the date of hereof, no preferred shares are issued and outstanding. We were authorized to issue 781,249 preferred shares, and in connection with our acquisition of Tsingda Technology, we issued 244,022.78 preferred shares, which converted into 24,402,278 Ordinary Shares. Once issued, preferred shares may not be re-issued. With respect to the 537,227.22 authorized preferred shares that are still issuable, the Board of Directors is empowered to designate and issue from time to time one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock and to fix and determine the relative rights, preferences, designations, qualifications, privileges, options, conversion rights, limitations and other special or relative rights of each such class or series so authorized. Such action could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the Company’s capital shares or could have the effect of discouraging or making difficult any attempt by a person or group to obtain control of the Company.

(c) Warrants. In connection with the September 16, 2010 financing, we issued warrants to the Investors to purchase 2,100,000 of our Ordinary Shares. Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Ordinary Share. The Warrants are exercisable in whole or in part, at an initial exercise price equal to $2.08 per share or on a cashless basis. The warrant term is five years from the date of issuance.

We also issued to the Maxim Group, LLC as placement agent for the financing, warrants to purchase 364,500 of our Ordinary Shares. Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Ordinary Share. The Warrants are exercisable in whole or in part, at an exercise price equal to $1.76 per share or on a cashless basis. The warrant term is five years from issuance and may be exercised at any time after February 16, 2011.

The exercise price and number of Ordinary Shares to be received upon the exercise of Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events, such as stock splits, stock dividends or our recapitalization. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Warrants will not be entitled to participate in the distribution of our assets. Holders of Warrants have no voting, pre-emptive, subscription or other rights of shareholders in respect of the Warrants, nor shall the Holders be entitled to receive dividends.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Compass
On March 1, 2008, the Company consolidated the authorized ordinary share capital of the Company from 50,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.0001 par value each to 39,062,500 Ordinary Shares of $0.000128 par value each. This resulted in every shareholder as of March 1, 2008 receiving 0.78125 Ordinary Shares for every ordinary share previously held. This was treated as a stock split for U.S. GAAP purposes, and all share and per share data is presented as if the consolidation took place as of the date of inception, September 27, 2006. On March 1, 2008, we also consolidated our authorized preference share capital from 1,000,000 preference shares of $0.0001 par value each to 781,250 preference shares of $0.000128 par value.

Promoters and certain control persons.
On September 27, 2006, the Company issued 1,000,000 and 100,000 Ordinary Shares, respectively, to Nautilus Global Partners and Mid-Ocean Consulting Limited (subsequently adjusted to 781,250 and 78,125) at a price of $0.0001 per share. Mr. Rozelle, a former President and director of the Company, is the President of Nautilus Global Partners, LLC. Nautilus Global Partners and Mid-Ocean Consulting Limited were promoters of the Company from the time of the Company’s incorporation to the time of its merger with Tsingda Technology.

On March 12, 2010, Tsingda Education entered into an agreement with Maxim Group, LLC (“Maxim), a FINRA registered broker dealer, to act as a placement agent on a best efforts basis in connection with a proposed private placement offering of Tsingda Education and its affiliates and subsidiaries. Under the Agreement, Maxim is entitled to receive 8% of the gross proceeds of the offering and stock purchase warrants equal to eight percent of the number of securities sold in the offering. The term of the warrants is five years, although not exercisable for the initial six months, and are exercisable at 110% of the per share offering price. We are required to register the Maxim warrants. Tsingda Education also is obligated to pay reasonable fees and expenses of Maxim not to exceed $50,000. We also agreed to indemnify Maxim against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. As a result of the September 16, 2010 financing, we paid Maxim as full compensation under the agreement, cash commissions of $411,000 (or 4.3% of the proceeds from the offering) and issued a stock purchase warrant to acquire 364,500 Ordinary Shares. The warrant term is five years and is exercisable at any time after six months from closing at an exercise price is $1.76. In addition, we reimbursed Maxim for $25,000 as its reasonable out of pocket expenses.

72


On May 17, 2010, we issued an aggregate of 915,086 Ordinary Shares (adjusted to reflect the 3 for 1 reverse split) to MJR Holdings, Inc., Christopher Fiore, Clifford Teller and Karl Brenza, our former Chief Executive Officer, for an aggregate purchase price of $30,000. The forgoing parties are affiliates of Maxim.

Pursuant to the Tsingda transaction, and as described elsewhere herein, on May 24, 2010, the Company issued 244,022.78 preferred shares of Compass to the Tsingda shareholders in exchange for 100% of the outstanding shares of Tsingda Technology. The Company also issued 2,079,740 Ordinary Shares to Eastbridge Investment Group Corporation in exchange for certain considerations provided by Eastbridge Investment Group Corporation, who is a promoter of the Company.

Tsingda Transactions

Tsingda Technology owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Beijing Tsingda Century Management Consulting Ltd. (“Tsingda Management”), a wholly foreign owned enterprise incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“ PRC “). On April 26, 2010, Tsingda Management entered into a series of contractual agreements with Beijing Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co. Ltd (“Tsingda Education”), a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC, and its shareholders, in which Tsingda Management assumed management of the business activities of Tsingda Education and has the right to appoint all executives and senior management and the members of the board of directors. The contractual arrangements are comprised of a Consulting Services Agreement, Operating Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, and Option Agreement, through which Tsingda Management has the right to advise, consult, manage and operate Tsingda Education for a quarterly fee in the amount of 100% of Tsingda Education’s quarterly, after tax net profits. Additionally, Tsingda Education’s Shareholders have pledged their rights, titles and equity interest in Tsingda Education as security for Tsingda Management to collect consulting and services fees provided to Tsingda Education through an Equity Pledge Agreement. In order to further reinforce Tsingda Management’s rights to control and operate Tsingda Education, Tsingda Education’s shareholders have granted Tsingda Management the exclusive right and option to acquire all of their equity interests in Tsingda Education through an Option Agreement.

Advances were made during 2008 and 2009 to Mr. Zhang Hui, our chief executive officer and to Mr. Liu Juntao, our executive vice president, both of whom are equity shareholders of Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd., a Belize corporation, which is the Company’s largest shareholder. The outstanding balance of such advances was $1,996,821 and $186,747 respectively at December 31, 2008. Additional advances of $299,734 and $6,584 were made during 2009 and repayments of $1,836,257 and $177,864 were received, leaving balances of $460,716 and $15,468 at December 31, 2009. As of March 31, 2010, all advances were paid back to Tsingda Education.

Other than employment, none of the following persons has any direct or indirect material interest in any transaction to which we are a party since our last fiscal year or in any proposed transaction to which we are proposed to be a party:

 

 

(A)

Any of our directors or officers;

(B)

Any proposed nominee for election as our director;

(C)

Any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, shares carrying more than 10% of the voting rights attached to our Ordinary Shares; or

(D)

Any relative or spouse of any of the foregoing persons, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same house as such person or who is a director or officer of any parent or subsidiary of our company.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Stuarts Walker Hersant, Attorneys at Law, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of our company included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been audited by Jeffrey & Company, independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, and are included in reliance on such report, given the authority of said firm as an expert in auditing and accounting.

73


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Ordinary Shares to be sold by the selling shareholder. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the Ordinary Shares offered in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement and to the attached exhibits. With respect to each such document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved.

You may inspect our registration statement and the attached exhibits and schedules without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of our registration statement from the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Our SEC filings, including the registration statement and the exhibits filed with the registration statement, are also available from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

74


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Tsingda eEDU Corporation (Formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”)
Cayman Islands

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Tsingda eEDU Corporation and its Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. In connection with our audit for the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the condensed parent company financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements and condensed parent company financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2010, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related condensed parent company financial statements, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken a whole, presents fairly, in all material aspects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP
www.malonebailey.com
Houston, Texas
March 11, 2011

F-1


JEFFREY & COMPANY
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
61 BERDAN AVENUE
WAYNE, NEW JERSEY 07470
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors
Tsingda eEDU Corporation (formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”)

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Tsingda eEDU Corporation (formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”) as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statement of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for the years ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted the audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate under the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Tsingda eEDU Corporation as of December 31, 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Jeffrey & Company
January 11, 2011
JEFFREY & COMPANY
Wayne, New Jersey

F-2


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Stated in US dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

4,086,214

 

$

458,645

 

Short-term investment

 

 

 

 

2,018,370

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

6,555,936

 

 

4,228,510

 

Advances to suppliers

 

 

8,488,751

 

 

3,880,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

1,103,083

 

 

374,243

 

Receivable from escrow account

 

 

520,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder advances

 

 

37,749

 

 

476,220

 

Inventory

 

 

 

 

40,558

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

382,758

 

 

155,690

 

 

 



 



 

Total Current Assets

 

 

21,174,491

 

 

11,632,543

 

Advances for leasehold improvements

 

 

6,604,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

10,652,830

 

 

2,757,387

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

5,021,983

 

 

2,853,766

 

 

 



 



 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

43,453,932

 

$

17,243,696

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

305,165

 

 

36,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposit

 

 

1,642,642

 

 

270,229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxes payable

 

 

5,070,919

 

 

1,946,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued and other liabilities

 

 

222,512

 

 

440,631

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,551,722

 

 

1,037,932

 

 

 



 



 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

9,792,960

 

 

3,732,244

 

Commitment and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock: 781,250 shares of $.000128 par value authorized; None shares issued and outstanding

 

$

 

$

 

 

Common stock (par value $0.000384 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 33,729,862 and 24,402,278 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively)

 

 

12,952

 

 

9,370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

13,523,180

 

 

4,400,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory reserves

 

 

2,398,464

 

 

1,329,032

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

16,762,941

 

 

7,531,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

963,435

 

 

241,438

 

 

 



 



 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

33,660,972

 

 

13,511,452

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

43,453,932

 

$

17,243,696

 

 

 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3



TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITOIN CORPORATION”)

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(Stated in US dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 


 


 

 

Revenue

 

$

27,447,545

 

$

14,650,863

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

6,011,094

 

 

2,231,202

 

 

 



 



 

Gross profit

 

 

21,436,451

 

 

12,419,661

 

 

 



 



 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

 

 

6,199,618

 

 

3,460,803

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

3,205,802

 

 

1,900,063

 

 

 



 



 

Total operating expenses

 

 

9,405,420

 

 

5,360,866

 

 

 



 



 

Income from operations

 

 

12,031,031

 

 

7,058,795

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

31,102

 

 

80,973

 

Realized gain from short-term investment

 

 

73,861

 

 

 

Other expense

 

 

(257

)

 

(19,638

)

 

 



 



 

Income before income tax

 

 

12,135,737

 

 

7,120,130

 

Income tax expenses

 

 

1,834,541

 

 

1,068,020

 

 

 



 



 

Net income

 

$

10,301,196

 

$

6,052,110

 

 

 



 



 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

721,997

 

 

(40,113

)

 

 



 



 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

11,023,193

 

$

6,011,997

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share, basic and diluted

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

 

 

28,242,518

 

 

24,402,278

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity
(Stated in US dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
Shareholder’s
Equity

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Statutory
Reserve

 

 

Retained
Earnings

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance as of December 31, 2008

 

 

24,402,278

 

$

9,370

 

$

4,400,435

 

$

421,215

 

$

281,551

 

$

2,386,884

 

$

7,499,455

 

Net income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,052,110

 

 

6,052,110

 

Allocation of retained earnings to statutory reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

907,817

 

 

 

 

(907,817

)

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40,113

)

 

 

 

(40,113

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

 

 

24,402,278

 

$

9,370

 

$

4,400,435

 

$

1,329,032

 

$

241,438

 

$

7,531,177

 

$

13,511,452

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Issuance of 332,759 shares in connection with the share exchange transaction on May 24, 2010

 

 

332,759

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

Issuance of 915,085 shares to Maxim Group on May 17, 2010

 

 

915,085

 

 

351

 

 

29,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

Issuance of 2,079,740 shares to Eastbridge Investment Corporation on May 17, 2010

 

 

2,079,740

 

 

799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

799

 

Issuance of 6,000,000 shares on September 16, 2010

 

 

6,000,000

 

 

2,304

 

 

9,597,696

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,600,000

 

Stock issuance cost related to the private placement on September 16, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

(504,600

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(504,600

)

Net income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,301,196

 

 

10,301,196

 

Allocation of retained earnings to statutory reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,069,432

 

 

 

 

(1,069,432

)

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

721,997

 

 

 

 

721,997

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

 

 

33,729,862

 

$

12,952

 

$

13,523,180

 

$

2,398,464

 

$

963,435

 

$

16,762,941

 

$

33,660,972

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Stated in US dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31

 

 

 


 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 


 


 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,301,196

 

$

6,052,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,356,930

 

 

1,075,980

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(2,196,217

)

 

(1,979,699

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances to suppliers

 

 

(4,488,039

)

 

(3,407,580

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

 

 

75,078

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

(689,354

)

 

(76,540

)

Inventories

 

 

41,817

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

(222,237

)

 

78,094

 

Accounts payable

 

 

267,110

 

 

16,234

 

Customer deposit

 

 

1,364,028

 

 

195,708

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued and other liabilities

 

 

(276,039

)

 

311,892

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,449,454

 

 

(520,630

)

Taxes payable

 

 

3,063,977

 

 

1,339,219

 

 

 



 



 

CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

10,972,626

 

 

3,159,852

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(8,673,220

)

 

(1,501,212

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Addition of intangible assets

 

 

(4,006,992

)

 

(2,529,710

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for leasehold improvements not completed

 

 

(6,461,403

)

 

 

Cash used in short-term investments

 

 

 

 

(2,845,939

)

Cash received from short-term investment matured

 

 

2,068,100

 

 

 

Collection of advances/loan to related parties

 

 

443,419

 

 

1,822,543

 

Long-term prepaid expenses

 

 

 

 

166,389

 

 

 



 



 

CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(16,630,096

)

 

(4,887,929

)

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from stock issuance

 

 

9,630,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment for stock issuance cost

 

 

(504,600

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment in the escrow account

 

 

(520,000

)

 

 

Repayment of bank loans

 

 

 

 

(131,562

)

 

 



 



 

CASH PROVIDED BY/ (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

8,606,327

 

 

(131,562

)

 

 



 



 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

678,712

 

 

4,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH

 

 

3,627,569

 

 

(1,855,617

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

$

458,645

 

$

2,314,262

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

 

$

4,086,214

 

$

458,645

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplementary Disclosures for Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

 

$

2,956

 

 

 



 



 

Income taxes paid

 

$

138,709

 

$

806,391 

 

 

 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

NOTE 1- ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co., Ltd. (“Tsingda Century”) was incorporated on October 23, 2003, in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). Beijing Tsingda Century Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Tsingda Network”), the wholly owned subsidiary of Tsingda Century was incorporated in the PRC on February 14, 2004. Tsingda Century and its subsidiary provide high quality offline and online educational services for students ranging from six to eighteen years of age in the PRC. Tsingda eEDU Corporation (“Tsingda eEDU” or “the Company”, formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on September 27, 2006. The Company was originally organized as a “blank check” company to investigate and acquire a target company or business seeking the advantages of being a publicly held corporation.

Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Tsingda Technology”) was incorporated on December 11, 2009, in the British Virgin Islands, to serve as the intermediate holding company.

Tsingda Century Beijing Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Tsingda Management”) was incorporated on November 26, 2007 and was serving as the wholly owned foreign enterprise (“WOFE”) of Tsingda Technology.

On April 22, 2010, Tsingda Century Training School (“Tsingda School”) was incorporated in Beijing, the PRC, and it is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tsingda Century.

As part of the restructuring, on April 26, 2010, Tsingda Management entered into a series of agreements with Tsingda Century and its shareholders, including an Operating Agreement, Proxy Agreement, Consulting Services Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement and Option Agreement, which entitled Tsingda Management to receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Tsingda Century in consideration for consulting services provided by Tsingda Management to Tsingda Century. An Option Agreement allows Tsingda Management to acquire the shares of Tsingda Century when permitted by the PRC laws. The Proxy Agreement provides Tsingda Management with the voting rights of Tsingda Century’s shareholder and Equity Pledge Agreement pledges the shares in Tsingda Century to Tsingda Management without transferring legal ownership in Tsingda Century to Tsingda Management. Under the Consulting Services Agreement, Tsingda Management is the exclusive service provider, to Tsingda Century, for services, including general business operation, human resources, business development and Tsingda Century is obligated to make regular payments for such services provided. Under the Operating Agreement, Tsingda Century shall not conduct any transactions which may materially affect the assets, obligations, rights or the operations, without the written consent of Tsingda Management and Tsingda Century accepted Tsingda Management’s corporate policy provide by Tsingda Management in connection with Tsingda Century’s daily operations, financial management and the employment and dismissal of Tsingda Century’s employees. Through those agreements, Tsingda Management has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of Tsingda Century and Tsingda Century became a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and is included in the consolidated group.

As all of the companies are under common control, this structure has been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control and the financial statements have been prepared as if the reorganization had occurred retroactively.

On May 24, 2010, the Company and its controlling shareholders entered into a share exchange agreement (the Agreement) with Tsingda Technology and all of the shareholders of Tsingda Technology. Under the Agreement, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests of Tsingda Technology in exchange for 244,022.78 preferred shares of the Company. Each such share of preferred stock was convertible into 100 ordinary shares of the Company at such time as the number of authorized ordinary shares is increased. The transaction was closed in May 2010 and was accounted for as a reverse merger with a shell company and a recapitalization of Tsingda Technology. Tsingda eEDU Corporation is the accounting acquiree. Tsingda Tecknology is the accounting acquirer and the surviving entity

On November 15, 2010, the Company’s shareholders approved the change of the Company’s name from “Compass Acquisition Corporation” to “Tsingda eEDU Corporation” and the name change is effective immediately following the shareholder’s approval.

The corporate structure of the Company is as follows:

F-7


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

(FLOW CHART)

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”). The Company’s functional currency is the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”); however the accompanying financial statements have been translated and presented in United States Dollars (“$”).

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, (Tsingda Technology, and Tsingda Management), and Tsingda Century and its subsidiaries, Tsingda Network and Tsingda Century Training School. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of fixed assets; the allowance for doubtful accounts; the fair value determination of financial and equity instruments, the reliability of deferred tax assets; the recoverability of, intangible asset and property, plant and equipment; and accruals for income tax uncertainties and other contingencies. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in those estimates and assumptions.

RECLASSIFICATION

Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements for the prior year have been reclassified to conform to the presentation of the current year for the comparative purposes.

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Tsingda Century and Tsingda Network operate under the authority of business licenses which were granted in 2003, and expire in 2023. Renewal of these licenses will depend on the result of government inspections which are made to ensure environmental laws are not breached.

The officers of the Company control through direct ownership of most of the equity interests of the Company. As a result, insiders will be able to control the outcome of all matters requiring approval of equity owners and will be able to elect all of the Company directors.

F-8


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all cash on hand and in banks, including accounts in book overdraft positions, certificates of deposit and other highly-liquid investments with original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash with various banks and trust companies located in China. Cash accounts are not insured or otherwise protected. Should any bank or trust company holding cash deposits become insolvent, or if the Company is otherwise unable to withdraw funds, the Company would lose the cash on deposit with that particular bank or trust company.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

The Company invested in a financial product, which is similar to notes receivable, with maturity of four months, provided by a small investment company in China in the year ended December 31, 2009. The short-term investment is recorded at cost which approximates the fair market value. As of December 31, 2010, the short-term investment has been matured and fully collected with a gain of $73,861.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at the invoiced amount less an allowance for uncollectible accounts, as needed. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and the customers’ financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, and the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. Past due balances are reviewed individually for collectability. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

ADVANCE TO SUPPLIERS

Advance to suppliers represents the payments made and recorded in advance for goods and services to be received. The Company makes advances to suppliers for advertising, printing and other services and products.

FAIRE VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash, short term investments, accounts receivable and other receivables, advances to suppliers, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and other liabilities, approximate their fair values at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on property and equipment other than leasehold improvements is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as set out below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residual Value

 

 

Estimated Useful Life

 

 

 

 


 

 


 

Office furniture and equipment

 

 

5

%

 

5 years

 

Vehicles

 

 

5

%

 

5 years

 

F-9


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangibles are the cost of computerized video lessons delivered both online and offline developed by the Company and the acquired intangible assets with finite lives consist of courseware. All costs incurred to establish the technological feasibility of a computer software product to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are charged to expenses as incurred. Development costs incurred after technological feasibility of a product has been established and before product sales begin are capitalized and amortized over the estimated life of the product, which thus far has been three years, starting when product sales begin. Technological feasibility is deemed to have been achieved when all the planning, designing, coding, and testing activities necessary to establish that the product can be produced to meet its design specifications have been completed, including functions, features, and technical performance requirements. Acquired coursewares with finite lives are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment. Amortization of acquired coursewares is calculated on a straight-line basis over three years.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

In accordance with Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets Subsections of FASB ASC Subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment - Overall, long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, and purchased intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

CUSTOMER DEPOSITS

The Company required certain amount of deposits from its customers and franchised locations. The customer deposits are recorded as a liability when the Company receives it and will be recognized as revenue after the service is rendered.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Online Courses

The Company provides online education programs to its franchisees, agents and individual customers. Revenue is realized through sales to franchisees and other agents of rights to conduct education services. The Company authorized the franchised locations to use its logo, all education programs and products and the Company receives a onetime licensing fee, annual management fee, and 20% of student generated revenue from the franchised location by providing them prepaid e-cards of 5 times the cash amount. All the mentioned fees are revenues or unearned revenues from the sale of e-cards. Revenue is recognized until the services are consummated upon the e-cards are opened and used by the students to purchase online education courses and is reported net of business tax. The opening of cards is tracked by our IT system automatically and the revenue is proportionally recognized based on the progress of the e-cards usage.

Virtual Internet Classroom

The Company sold prepaid e-cards to the customers. Revenue is recognized until the services are consummated upon the e-cards are opened and used by the students to purchase online education courses and is reported net of business tax. The opening of cards is tracked by our IT system automatically and the revenue is proportionally recognized based on the progress of the e-cards usage.

Sales of Materials and Publications

The Company started the sales of self-branded reference books and materials from August 2010. The revenue is recognized upon the products are delivered to the customers. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the revenue generated from sales of materials and publications is less than 10% of the total revenue.

Offline courses

Offline tutorial courses are provided by the Company owned learning centers and the sales were started from November 2010. The revenue is recognized based on the progress of courses the students completed during the period. During the year ended December 31,

F-10


2010, the revenue generated from providing offline courses is far below 10% of the total revenue.

ADVERTISING

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising is included in selling expenses for financial reporting. The Company incurred advertising costs of $3,150,215 and $2,086,405 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

F-11


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method pursuant to ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax assets if it is considered more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740-10-25 clarifies the accounting for uncertain tax positions and requires that an entity recognizes in the consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the position. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company has elected to classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if and when required, as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income.

OTHER TAXES

The Company generates its income in China where Business Tax, Income Tax, City Construction and Development Tax, and Education Surcharge taxes are applicable.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock, common stock equivalents and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during each period. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had no common stock equivalents that could potentially dilute future earnings per share.

The Company’s board of directors approved a three-for-one reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s outstanding common stock on October 19, 2010. References to shares in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, including, but not limited to, the number of shares and per share amounts, have been adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split on a retroactive basis.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION AND TRANSACTIONS

The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC are measured using the Chinese currency Renminbi as the functional currency, while the Company’s reporting currency is the US dollar. Balance sheet accounts with exception of equity of the subsidiaries are translated at the prevailing exchange rate in effect at each period end, income statement accounts are translated at the average rate of exchange during the period, and equity accounts were stated at their historical exchange rate. Exchange gains or losses arising from foreign currency transactions are included in the determination of net income (loss) for the respective periods. Translation adjustments are included in the accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The Company has adopted ASC220, Reporting Comprehensive Income, which establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income, its components, and accumulated balances in a full-set of general-purpose financial statements. The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income represents the accumulated balance of foreign currency translation adjustments.

F-12


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, adopted January 1, 2008, defines fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for current receivables and payables qualify as financial instruments. Management concluded the carrying values are a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the short period of time between the origination of such instruments and their expected realization and if applicable, their stated interest rate approximates current rates available. The three levels are defined as follows:

 

 

 

 

Level 1 - inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

 

 

 

Level 2 - inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

 

 

 

 

Level 3 - inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

It is management’s opinion that as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the estimated fair values of the financial instruments were not materially different from their carrying values as presented on the balance sheet. This is attributed to the short maturities of the instruments and that interest rates on the borrowings approximate those that would have been available for loans of similar remaining maturity and risk profile at respective balance sheet dates. The carrying amounts of short-term loans approximate their fair values because the applicable interest rates approximate current market rates.

RELATED PARTIES

A party is considered to be related to the Company if the party directly or indirectly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company. Related parties also include principal owners of the Company, its management, members of the immediate families of principal owners of the Company and its management and other parties with which the Company may deal if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests. A party which can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the transacting parties or if it has an ownership interest in one of the transacting parties and can significantly influence the other to an extent that one or more of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests is also a related party.

PRODUCTS WARRANTIES

Refunds to students who withdraw from offline tutorial courses are rarely made and are made only at the discretion of the Company. For this reason and, since revenue is recognized only as services are provided, no provision is needed for possible withdrawals.

SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the chief executive officer of the Company who reviews financial information of separate operating segments based on US GAAP. The chief operating decision maker now reviews results analyzed by service line. This analysis is only presented at the revenue level with no allocation of direct or indirect costs. Consequently, the Company has determined that it has only one operating segment.

F-13


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Management believes that none of the recently adopted accounting pronouncements will have a material effect on the Company financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Effective July 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (Now ASC 820), which provides guidance on how to measure assets and liabilities that use fair value. ASC 820 applies whenever another U.S. GAAP standard requires (or permits) measurement of assets or liabilities at fair value, but does not expand the use of fair value to any new circumstances. The Company also adopted FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No.FAS 157-2, which allows the Company to partially defer the adoption of ASC820. This FSP defers the effective date of ASC 820 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), to fiscal years beginning after November 15,2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities include all assets and liabilities other than those meeting the definition of a financial asset or financial liability as defined in paragraph 6 of Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The adoption of ASC 820 did not have an impact on our financial statements.

In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, “Subsequent Events” (Now ASC 855), which provides guidance to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. ASC 855 also requires entities to disclose the date through which subsequent events were evaluated as well as the rationale for why that date was selected. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented. ASC 855 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 855 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2009, the FASB issued Update No. 2009-01, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (ASU 2009-01). ASU 2009-01 establishes “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification,” or Codification, which became the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. On the effective date, the Codification superseded all then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non grandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification will become non authoritative. ASU 2009-01 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption did not have any impact on the Company’s operating results, financial position or cash flows.

In December 2009, the FASB codified Consolidations – “Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with VIEs” (ASU 2009-17), guidance which was issued by the FASB in June 2009. The amendments in this Accounting Standards Update replace the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which reporting entity, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and has (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. An approach that is expected to be primarily qualitative will be more effective for identifying which reporting entity has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. The adoption of this standard will have no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, accounts receivable consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

6,555,936

 

$

4,529,511

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

 

(301,001

)

 

 



 



 

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

6,555,936

 

$

4,228,510

 

 

 



 



 

F-14


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

The change in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

301,001

 

$

256,486

 

Provision during the period

 

 

 

 

44,515

 

Collection during the period

 

 

(301,001

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

Ending balance

 

$

 

$

301,001

 

 

 



 



 

NOTE 4 - ADVANCES TO SUPPLIERS

Advances to suppliers represent amounts prepaid for advertising, network, rent, store construction and decoration:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

Advance for lease-hold improvement

 

$

 

$

3,071,433

 

Advance for advertising and printing

 

 

3,466,970

 

 

11,993

 

Advance for network service

 

 

2,304,492

 

 

292,517

 

Others

 

 

2,717,289

 

 

504,364

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

8,488,751

 

$

3,880,307

 

 

 



 



 

NOTE 5 - OTHER ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Other accounts receivable represent the advances to employees and deposits paid to property management companies.

NOTE 6 – SHAREHOLDER ADVANCES

Shareholder advances represent the loans provided to one shareholder and executive with no interest and the repayment is due upon request.

NOTE 7- PROPERTYAND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office furniture

 

$

7,595

 

$

5,107

 

Office equipment

 

 

3,710,405

 

 

3,044,064

 

Vehicles

 

 

143,017

 

 

34,976

 

Leasehold improvement

 

 

1,152,683

 

 

101,450

 

Construction in progress

 

 

6,844,359

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Total property and equipment

 

 

11,858,059

 

 

3,185,597

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,205,229

)

 

(428,210

)

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

10,652,830

 

$

2,757,387

 

 

 



 



 

F-15


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were allocated to the following expense items respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COGS

 

$

101,880

 

$

33,798

 

Selling expense

 

 

1,399

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

643,321

 

 

314,482

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

746,600

 

$

348,280

 

 

 



 



 

NOTE 8 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Self-developed courseware

 

$

379,435

 

$

267,937

 

Purchased courseware

 

 

6,507,896

 

 

2,964,901

 

Management software

 

 

874,610

 

 

680,542

 

Purchased technology

 

 

150,996

 

 

146,259

 

 

 



 



 

Intangible assets, total

 

 

7,912,937

 

 

4,059,639

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(2,890,954

)

 

(1,205,873

)

 

 



 



 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

$

5,021,983

 

$

2,853,766

 

 

 



 



 

The amortization expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are $1,610,330 and $727,700, respectively.

NOTE 9 – PRIVATE PLACEMENT

On September 16, 2010, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (“Securities Purchase Agreement”) with certain investors (“Investors”) pursuant to which the Company completed an offering (“Offering”) of units (“Units”) for total gross proceeds of $9,600,000. Each Unit is priced at $1.60 and consists of one (1) ordinary share, par value $0.000384 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), and a Series A Stock Purchase Warrant (“Warrants”) to purchase 0.35 of one Ordinary Share. The initial Warrant exercise price is $2.08 per share on a post split basis. An aggregate of 6,000,000 units were sold, resulted in the sale of 6,000,000 Ordinary Shares and Warrants to purchase 2,100,000 Ordinary Shares at $2.08.

In connection with the private placement, the Company held back and placed in an escrow account an aggregate amount of $520,000, pursuant to the agreement entered with the Lead Purchaser of the Offering. The escrowed amount will be proportionally released upon the Company satisfying one or all conditions as set forth below prior to June 30, 2011.

 

 

 

 

(a)

At such time as the Company engages an investor relations firm reasonably acceptable to the Lead Purchaser;

 

 

 

 

(b)

At such time as the Company provides the Lead Purchaser with evidence that is reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Purchaser indicating that Circular 75 filings have been approved by the PRC government;

 

 

 

 

(c)

At such time as the Company provides the Lead Purchaser with documentation demonstrating that the business license of the Beijing Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co., Ltd. has amended to clarify to the Lead Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction that the VIE subsidiaries are properly authorized to engage in its current business;

 

 

 

 

(d)

At such time as the Company provides the Lead Purchaser with written confirmation that (i) an independent auditing firm reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Purchaser has been engaged; and (ii) a law firm reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Purchaser has been engaged in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

F-16


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

NOTE 10 – SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

On May 17, 2010, the Company issued 915,085 ordinary shares (adjusted to reflect the 3 for 1 reverse split) for $30,000 in cash to a group associated with the firm that is the placement agent of a private placement offering of Company equity securities, which offering is described in the following paragraphs. Also on May 17, 2010, the Company issued 2,079,740 ordinary shares (adjusted to reflect the 3 for 1 reverse split) to Eastbridge Investment Group Corporation, in return for services. The value of these shares, $1,477,000, was charged to expense prior to the reverse merger.

On May 24, 2010, the Company and its controlling shareholders entered into a share exchange agreement (the Agreement) with Tsingda Technology and all of the shareholders of Tsingda Technology. Under the Agreement, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests of Tsingda Technology in exchange for 244,022.78 preferred shares of the Company. Each such share of preferred stock was convertible into 100 ordinary shares of the Company at such time as the number of authorized ordinary shares is increased. The transaction was closed in May 2010 and was accounted for as a reverse merger with a shell company and a recapitalization of Tsingda Technology. Tsingda eEDU Corporation is the accounting acquiree. Tsingda Technology is the accounting acquirer and the surviving entity.

On November 15, 2010, the Company’s shareholders approved a three-for-one reverse split of the Company’s issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (and to increase the amount of the Company’s authorized Ordinary Shares from thirty-nine million sixty-two thousand five hundred shares (39,062,500); to one hundred million (100,000,000) shares.

As result of the reverse split and increase in share capital, the par value of the Company’s Ordinary Shares change from US$0.000128 per share to US$0.000384 per share and the Company’s total number of authorized Ordinary Shares authorized increased to 100,000,000 Ordinary Shares. At the same time, all the preferred stock automatically converted to ordinary shares at the ratio of one share of preferred stock to 100 ordinary shares.

All ordinary share data has been retroactively restated for the periods presented to reflect the Reverse Stock Split.

NOTE 11 - STATUTORY RESERVE

In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the PRC, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries are required to transfer 10% of their respective after tax profit, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, to a general reserve fund until the balance of the fund reaches 50% of the registered capital of the respective subsidiary. The transfer to this general reserve fund must be made before distribution of dividends can be made. As of December 31, 2010, the registered capitals of Tsingda Century and Tsingda Network are $4,421,156 and $588,235, respectively, and both companies have made the required allocations to the general reserves. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the PRC subsidiaries had appropriated $1,955,454 and $886,021, respectively to the general reserve funds, which are restricted from being distributed to the Company. General reserve funds are restricted for set off against losses, expansion of production and operation or increase in registered capital of the respective company. These reserves are therefore not available for distribution except in liquidation.

Further, the PRC subsidiaries may, at the discretion of the enterprise, make appropriations to a staff welfare and bonus reserve in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations in the PRC. The appropriation to staff welfare and bonus reserve is recognized as an expense as it is a current liability to the employees. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the PRC subsidiaries made appropriations to the staff welfare and bonus reserve of $0 and $443,010, respectively.

NOTE 12 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the advances to shareholders and executives are $37,749 and $476,220, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the additional advances were paid to the shareholders and executives at amount of $234,315 and $302,426, respectively; and the repayments to the Company were amounted to $688,209 and $2,015,205, respectively.

Management subsequently evaluated this transaction and determined that the transfers violated Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Management is taking actions to reduce and eliminate such transactions.

F-17


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

NOTE 13 - INCOME TAXES

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands, and is not subject to tax on income or capital gain under the current laws of the Cayman Islands. In addition, upon payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax is imposed. The Company’s other subsidiaries are subject to income tax as described below.

British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)

Under the current laws of BVI, our BVI subsidiaries are not subject to tax on income or capital gain. In addition, payments of dividends by our BVI subsidiaries to their shareholders are not subject to withholding tax in the BVI.

PRC

Prior to January 1, 2008, the Company was governed by the previous Income Tax Law (the “Previous Tax Law”) of China. Under the Previous Tax Law, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries, Tsingda Management, Tsingda Century and Tsingda network, were entitled various preferential tax treatments.

On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress passed the new Enterprise Income Tax law (the “new EIT law”) which imposes a single income tax rate of 25% for most domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises. The new EIT law was effective as of January 1, 2008. The new EIT law provides a five-year transition period from its effective date for those enterprises which were established before March 16, 2007 and which were entitled to a preferential lower tax rate under the then effective tax laws or regulations, as well as grandfathering tax holidays. Further, according to the new EIT law, entities that qualify as “High and New Technology Enterprises” are entitled to the preferential EIT rate of 15%. Tsingda Century has received approval for the status as a “High and New Technology Enterprises”. The status is valid for three years starting from June 2009 and will be renewed after evaluation by relevant government authorities every three years. Further, on December 26, 2007, the PRC government passed the detailed implementing rules which allow enterprises to continue to enjoy their unexpired tax holiday under the previous income tax laws and rules. As a result, under the new EIT law, Tsingda Century’s tax rate are 15% for the calendar years from 2010 to 2012 and subject to renewal of the status of “High and New Technology Enterprises” after calendar year 2012; and Tsingda Network and Tsingda School’s tax rates are 25%. Tsingda Management’s tax rates are 22% and 24% for 2010 and 2011 and 25% thereafter. For the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, Tsingda Management, Tsingda Network and Tsingda School did not generate any taxable income.

The new EIT Law also provides that an enterprise established under the laws of foreign countries or regions but whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes and consequently be subject to the PRC income tax at the rate of 25% for its worldwide income. The Implementing Rules of the new EIT Law merely defines the location of the “de facto management body” as “the place where the exercising, in substance, of the overall management and control of the production and business operation, personnel, accounting, properties, etc., of a non-PRC company is located.” On April 22, 2009, the PRC State Administration of Taxation further issued a notice entitled “Notice Regarding Recognizing Offshore-Established Enterprises Controlled by PRC Shareholders as Resident Enterprises Based on Their Place of Effective Management.” Under this notice, a foreign company controlled by a PRC company or a group of PRC companies shall be deemed as a PRC resident enterprise, if (i) the senior management and the core management departments in charge of its daily operations mainly function in the PRC; (ii) its financial decisions and human resource decisions are subject to decisions or approvals of persons or institutions in the PRC; (iii) its major assets, accounting books, company seals, minutes and files of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (iv) more than half of the directors or senior management personnel with voting rights reside in the PRC. Based on a review of surrounding facts and circumstances, the Company does not believe that it is likely that its operations outside of the PRC should be considered a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, due to limited guidance and implementation history of the new EIT Law, should the Company be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes, the Company will be subject to PRC tax on worldwide income at a uniform tax rate of 25% retroactive to January 1, 2008.

The new EIT Law also imposes a withholding income tax of 10% on dividends distributed by a foreign invested enterprise to its immediate holding company outside of China, if such immediate holding company is considered as a non-resident enterprise without any establishment or place within China or if the received dividends have no connection with the establishment or place of such immediate holding company within China, unless such immediate holding company’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a different withholding arrangement. Such withholding income tax was exempted under the previous income tax regulations. The Cayman Islands, where the Company is incorporated, does not have such tax treaty with China.

F-18


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

The provision for taxes on earnings consisted of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

PRC Enterprise Income Tax

 

$

1,834,541

 

$

1,068,020

 

United States Federal Income Tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Income tax, net

 

$

1,834,541

 

$

1,068,020

 

 

 



 



 

Income tax expense, which is all incurred in the PRC, consists of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

Current income tax expense

 

$

2,061,609

 

$

989,925

 

Deferred income tax expense(benefit)

 

 

(227,068

)

 

78,095

 

 

 



 



 

Income tax, net

 

$

1,834,541

 

$

1,068,020

 

 

 



 



 

A reconciliation between the income tax computed at the U.S. statutory rate and the Company’s provision for income tax is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

U.S. Federal income tax statutory rate

 

 

35

%

 

35

%

PRC Statutory rate (25%) difference

 

 

-10

%

 

-10

%

Preferential tax rate

 

 

-10

%

 

-10

%

 

 



 



 

Effective tax rate

 

 

15

%

 

15

%

 

 



 



 

The tax effect of temporary differences that gives rise to significant portions of the deferred income tax assets are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

382,758

 

$

155,690

 

 

 



 



 

Deferred tax assets, total

 

$

382,758

 

$

155,690

 

 

 



 



 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

The Company adopted the provisions of Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes on January 1, 2007. The provisions clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with the standard “Accounting for Income Taxes,” and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The provisions of Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

F-19


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

Based on the Company’s evaluation, the Company has concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in its financial statements.

The Company may from time to time be assessed interest or penalties by major tax jurisdictions. In the event it receives an assessment for interest and/or penalties, it will be classified in the financial statements as tax expense.

NOTE 14 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGECIES

Lease Obligations

The Company has entered into multiple lease agreements for the lease of premises for company directly owned learning centers. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s commitments for minimum lease payments under these un-revocable operating leases for the next five years are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Payments Due

 

 

2011

 

$

4,583,755

 

 

2012

 

 

5,165,630

 

 

2013 to 2015

 

 

12,241,591

 

 

 



 

Total

 

$

21,990,976

 

 

 



 

Tax issues

The tax authority of the PRC Government conducts periodic and ad hoc tax filing reviews on business enterprises operating in the PRC after those enterprises had completed their relevant tax filings, hence the Company’s tax filings may not be finalized. It is therefore uncertain as to whether the PRC tax authority may take different views about the Company’s tax filings which may lead to additional tax liabilities.

NOTE 15 - CONCENTRATIONS

Major Customers and Vendors

For the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, no individual customers contributed more than 10% of the Company’s revenue.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, purchase (net of VAT) from 2 vendors accounted for 27.3% of the total net purchase of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2009, purchase (net of VAT) from 3 vendors accounted for 71.24% of the total net purchase of the Company.

NOTE 16 – OPERATING RISKS

Lack of Insurance

The Company could be exposed to liabilities or other claims for which the Company would have no insurance protection. The Company does not currently maintain any business interruption insurance, products liability insurance, or any other comprehensive insurance policy except for property insurance policies with limited coverage. As a result, the Company may incur uninsured liabilities and losses as a result of the conduct of its business. There can be no guarantee that the Company will be able to obtain additional insurance coverage in the future, and even if it can obtain additional coverage, the Company may not carry sufficient insurance coverage to satisfy potential claims. Should uninsured losses occur, any purchasers of the Company’s common stock could lose their entire investment.

Country Risk

The Company has significant operating risk in the PRC. The operating results of the Company may be adversely affected by changes in the political and social conditions in the PRC and by changes in Chinese government policies with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion and remittance abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things. The Company can give no assurance that those changes in political and other conditions will not result in have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s business and financial condition.

F-20


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

Exchange Risk

The Company cannot guarantee the Renminbi and US dollar exchange rate will remain steady, therefore the Company could post the same profit for two comparable periods and post higher or lower profit depending on exchange rate of Renminbi and US dollar. The exchange rate could fluctuate depending on changes in the political and economic environments without notice.

Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash, short term investments, accounts receivable and advances to suppliers. However, all of the assets of Tsingda Century, Tsingda Network and Tsingda Century Training School, are located in the PRC and cash balances are on deposit at financial institutions in the PRC, the currency of which is not free trading. Foreign exchange transactions are required to be conducted through institutions authorized by the Chinese government and there is no guarantee that Chinese currency can be converted to U.S. or other currencies.

NOTE 17 - CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Basis of Presentation

The condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule I of Regulation S-X, as the restricted net assets of the subsidiaries of Tsingda eEDU Corporation exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of Tsingda eEDU Corporation. The ability of the Company’s Chinese operating subsidiaries to pay dividends may be restricted due to the foreign exchange control policies and availability of cash balances of the Chinese operating subsidiaries. Because substantially all of the Company’s operations are conducted in China and a substantial majority of its revenues are generated in China, a majority of the Company’s revenue being earned and currency received are denominated in Renminbi (RMB). RMB is subject to the exchange control regulation in China, and, as a result, the Company may be unable to distribute any dividends outside of China due to PRC exchange control regulations that restrict its ability to convert RMB into US Dollars.

The condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared using the same accounting principles and policies described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, with the only exception being that the parent company accounts for its subsidiaries using the equity method. Refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes presented above for additional information and disclosures with respect to these financial statements.

F-21


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

 

TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION

(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)

Condensed Parent Company Balance Sheets

(Stated in US dollars)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2010

 

December 31,
2009

 

 

 


 


 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivable from escrow account

 

$

520,479

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

33,140,493

 

 

13,511,452

 

 

 



 



 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

33,660,972

 

 

13,511,452

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock: 781,250 shares of $.000128 par value authorized; None shares issued and outstanding

 

$

 

$

 

Common Stock (par value $0.000384 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 33,729,862 and 24,402,278 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively)

 

 

12,952

 

 

9,370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

13,523,180

 

 

4,400,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory reserve

 

 

2,398,464

 

 

1,329,032

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

963,435

 

 

241,438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

16,762,941

 

 

7,531,177

 

 

 



 



 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

33,660,972

 

 

13,511,452

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

33,660,972

 

$

13,511,452

 

 

 



 



 

F-22


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITION CORPORATION”)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

 

TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION

(FORMERLY “COMPASS ACQUISITON CORPORATIOIN”)

Condensed Parent Company Statements of Operations

(Stated in US dollars)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 


 


 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

10,475

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Total expenses

 

 

10,475

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

62

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

 

10,301,196

 

 

6,052,110

 

 

 



 



 

Net income

 

$

10,290,783

 

$

6,052,110

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Stated in US Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31

 

 

 


 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,290,783

 

$

6,052,110

 

Other income

 

 

(479

)

 

 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

 

(10,301,196

)

 

(6,052,110

)

 

 



 



 

CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(10,892

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

(8,595,435

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(8,595,435

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of shares

 

 

9,630,927

 

 

 

Payment for stock issuance cost

 

 

(504,600

)

 

 

Payment in escrow accounts

 

 

(520,000

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

8,606,327

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

 

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 

F-23


 

Tsingda eEDU Corporation

(Formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Stated in US dollars)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,945,964

 

$

4,086,214

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

8,850,671

 

 

6,555,936

 

Advances to suppliers

 

 

8,997,363

 

 

8,488,751

 

Other receivables

 

 

1,012,263

 

 

1,103,083

 

Receivable from escrow account

 

 

100,000

 

 

520,000

 

Stockholder advances

 

 

 

 

37,749

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

226,727

 

 

382,758

 

 

 



 



 

Total Current Assets

 

 

21,132,988

 

 

21,174,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances for leasehold improvements

 

 

1,882,641

 

 

6,604,628

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

17,670,314

 

 

10,652,830

 

Intangible assets, Net

 

 

8,630,049

 

 

5,021,983

 

 

 



 



 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

49,315,992

 

$

43,453,932

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

1,158,212

 

 

305,165

 

Customer deposit

 

 

1,560,522

 

 

1,642,642

 

Taxes payable

 

 

6,312,268

 

 

5,070,919

 

Accrued and other liabilities

 

 

349,759

 

 

222,512

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,511,514

 

 

2,551,722

 

 

 



 



 

Total Current Liabilities

 

$

10,892,275

 

$

9,792,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred shares: 781,250 shares of $.000128 par value authorized; None shares issued and outstanding

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares (par value $0.000384 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 34,629,862 and 33,729,862 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively)

 

 

13,298

 

 

12,952

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

14,964,950

 

 

13,523,180

 

Statutory reserves

 

 

2,398,464

 

 

2,398,464

 

Retained earnings

 

 

19,446,629

 

 

16,762,941

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

1,600,376

 

 

963,435

 

 

 



 



 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

38,423,717

 

 

33,660,972

 

 

 



 



 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

49,315,992

 

$

43,453,932

 

 

 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integrated part of these consolidated financial statements

1



 

Tsingda eEDU Corporation

(Formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”)

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(Stated in US dollars)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

Sales revenue

 

$

8,861,189

 

$

5,616,047

 

$

17,090,536

 

$

9,467,108

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

2,931,294

 

 

739,339

 

 

5,133,295

 

 

1,458,130

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

 

5,929,895

 

 

4,876,708

 

 

11,957,241

 

 

8,008,978

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

 

 

2,617,754

 

 

988,690

 

 

4,362,302

 

 

1,562,132

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

2,567,683

 

 

1,007,747

 

 

4,166,404

 

 

1,332,640

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total operating expenses

 

 

5,185,437

 

 

1,996,437

 

 

8,528,706

 

 

2,894,772

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

744,458

 

 

2,880,271

 

 

3,428,535

 

 

5,114,206

 

Interest income

 

 

4,177

 

 

101,361

 

 

4,816

 

 

101,361

 

Other expenses

 

 

(19,785

)

 

 

 

(20,154

)

 

(885

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax

 

 

728,850

 

 

2,981,632

 

 

3,413,197

 

 

5,214,682

 

Income tax expenses

 

 

326,303

 

 

449,817

 

 

729,509

 

 

784,775

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net Income

 

$

402,547

 

$

2,531,815

 

$

2,683,688

 

$

4,429,907

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

546,971

 

 

127,567

 

 

636,941

 

 

129,714

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

 

$

949,518

 

$

2,659,382

 

$

3,320,629

 

$

4,559,621

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share, basic and diluted

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.17

 

Average number of weighted average shares, basic and diluted

 

 

34,352,939

 

 

25,400,553

 

 

34,043,122

 

 

25,400,553

 

The accompanying notes are an integrated part of these consolidated financial statements

2



 

Tsingda eEDU Corporation

(Formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”)

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity

(Stated in US dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Paid-
in Capital

 

Statutory
Reserve

 

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Total
Shareholder’s
Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No. of Shares

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

 

 

33,729,862

 

$

12,952

 

$

13,523,180

 

$

2,398,464

 

$

963,435

 

$

16,762,941

 

$

33,660,972

 

Net income for six months ended June 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,683,688

 

 

2,683,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 900,000 shares to the executives on April 29, 2011

 

 

900,000

 

 

346

 

 

1,439,654

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,440,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

636,941

 

 

 

 

636,941

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2011

 

 

34,629,862

 

$

13,298

 

$

14,964,950

 

$

2,398,464

 

$

1,600,376

 

$

19,446,629

 

$

38,423,717

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integrated part of these consolidated financial statements

3



 

Tsingda eEDU Corporation

(Formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Stated in US dollars)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,683,688

 

$

4,429,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,720,770

 

 

684,816

 

Share-based compensation costs

 

 

1,442,116

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(2,141,666

)

 

(173,236

)

Advances to suppliers

 

 

(310,415

)

 

241,385

 

Other receivables

 

 

128,716

 

 

2,014,426

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

164,968

 

 

68,593

 

Accounts payable

 

 

845,922

 

 

(11,245

)

Customer deposit

 

 

(120,473

)

 

(2,739,889

)

Accrued and other liabilities

 

 

91,960

 

 

(146,960

)

Taxes payable

 

 

1,122,952

 

 

1,229,980

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(1,087,195

)

 

(457,237

)

 

 



 



 

CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

4,541,343

 

 

5,140,540

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(720,404

)

 

(476,343

)

Addition of intangible assets

 

 

(4,581,785

)

 

(50,171

)

Payments for leasehold improvements not completed

 

 

(1,882,641

)

 

 

Advances to related parties

 

 

(94,961

)

 

 

Collection of advances to related parties

 

 

164,783

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(7,115,008

)

 

(526,514

)

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash release from escrow accounts

 

 

420,000

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

420,000

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

13,415

 

 

241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH

 

 

(2,140,250

)

 

4,614,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

$

4,086,214

 

$

457,219

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

 

$

1,945,964

 

$

5,071,486

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplementary Disclosures for Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

414,059

 

$

165,042

 

 

 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integrated part of these consolidated financial statements

4


TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
June 31, 2011
(Unaudited)

NOTE 1- ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co., Ltd. (“Tsingda Century”) was incorporated on October 23, 2003, in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). Beijing Tsingda Century Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Tsingda Network”), the wholly owned subsidiary of Tsingda Century was incorporated in the PRC on February 14, 2004. Tsingda Century and its subsidiary provide high quality offline and online educational services for students ranging from six to eighteen years of age in the PRC. Tsingda eEDU Corporation (“Tsingda eEDU” or “the Company”, formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on September 27, 2006. The Company was originally organized as a “blank check” company to investigate and acquire a target company or business seeking the advantages of being a publicly held corporation.

Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Tsingda Technology”) was incorporated on December 11, 2009, in the British Virgin Islands, to serve as the intermediate holding company.

Tsingda Century Beijing Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Tsingda Management”) was incorporated on November 26, 2007 and was serving as the wholly owned foreign enterprise (“WOFE”) of Tsingda Technology.

On April 22, 2010, Tsingda Century Training School (“Tsingda School”) was incorporated in Beijing, the PRC, and it is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tsingda Century.

As part of the restructuring, on April 26, 2010, Tsingda Management entered into a series of agreements with Tsingda Century and its shareholders, including an Operating Agreement, Proxy Agreement, Consulting Services Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement and Option Agreement, which entitled Tsingda Management to receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Tsingda Century in consideration for consulting services provided by Tsingda Management to Tsingda Century. An Option Agreement allows Tsingda Management to acquire the shares of Tsingda Century when permitted by the PRC laws. The Proxy Agreement provides Tsingda Management with the voting rights of Tsingda Century’s shareholder and Equity Pledge Agreement pledges the shares in Tsingda Century to Tsingda Management without transferring legal ownership in Tsingda Century to Tsingda Management. Under the Consulting Services Agreement, Tsingda Management is the exclusive service provider, to Tsingda Century, for services, including general business operation, human resources, business development and Tsingda Century is obligated to make regular payments for such services provided. Under the Operating Agreement, Tsingda Century shall not conduct any transactions which may materially affect the assets, obligations, rights or the operations, without the written consent of Tsingda Management and Tsingda Century accepted Tsingda Management’s corporate policy provide by Tsingda Management in connection with Tsingda Century’s daily operations, financial management and the employment and dismissal of Tsingda Century’s employees. Through those agreements, Tsingda Management has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of Tsingda Century and Tsingda Century became a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and is included in the consolidated group.

As all of the companies are under common control, this structure has been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control and the financial statements have been prepared as if the reorganization had occurred retroactively.

On May 24, 2010, the Company and its controlling shareholders entered into a share exchange agreement (the Agreement) with Tsingda Technology and all of the shareholders of Tsingda Technology. Under the Agreement, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests of Tsingda Technology in exchange for 244,022.78 preferred shares of the Company. Each such share of preferred stock was convertible into 100 ordinary shares of the Company at such time as the number of authorized ordinary shares is increased. The transaction was closed in May 2010 and was accounted for as a reverse merger with a shell company and a recapitalization of Tsingda Technology. Tsingda eEDU Corporation is the accounting acquiree. Tsingda Technology is the accounting acquirer and the surviving entity.

The corporate structure of the Company is as follows:

5


(FLOW CHART)

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The unaudited interim financial statements of Tsingda eEDU Corporation (formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”) as of June 30, 2011 and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of management, such information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of such periods. The results of operations for the six month period ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2011.

Certain information and disclosures normally included in the notes to financial statements have been condensed or omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, although the Company believes the disclosure is adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The accompanying unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010.

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, (Tsingda Technology, and Tsingda Management), and Tsingda Century and its subsidiaries, Tsingda Network and Tsingda Century Training School. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of fixed assets; the allowance for doubtful accounts; the fair value determination of financial and equity instruments, the reliability of deferred tax assets; the recoverability of intangible asset and property, plant and equipment; and accruals for income tax uncertainties and other contingencies.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Online Courses

The Company provides online education programs to its franchisees, agents and individual customers. Revenue is realized through sales to franchisees and other agents of rights to conduct education services. The Company authorized the franchised locations to use its logo, all education programs and products and the Company receives a onetime licensing fee, annual management fee, and 20% of student generated revenue from the franchised location by providing them prepaid e-cards of 5 times the cash amount. All the mentioned fees are revenues or unearned revenues from the sale of e-cards. Revenue is recognized until the services are consummated upon the e-cards are opened and used by the students to purchase online education courses and is reported net of business tax. The

6


opening of cards is tracked by our IT system automatically and the revenue is proportionally recognized based on the progress of the e-cards usage.

Virtual Internet Classroom

The Company sold prepaid e-cards to the customers. Revenue is recognized until the services are consummated upon the e-cards are opened and used by the students to purchase online education courses and is reported net of business tax. The opening of cards is tracked by our IT system automatically and the revenue is proportionally recognized based on the progress of the e-cards usage.

Sales of Materials and Publications

The revenue is recognized upon the products are delivered to the customers.

Offline courses

Offline tutorial courses are provided by the Company owned learning centers and the revenue is recognized based on the progress of courses the students completed during the period.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION AND TRANSACTIONS

The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC are measured using the Chinese currency Renminbi as the functional currency, while the Company’s reporting currency is the US dollar. Balance sheet accounts with exception of equity of the subsidiaries are translated at the prevailing exchange rate in effect at each period end, income statement accounts are translated at the average rate of exchange during the period, and equity accounts were stated at their historical exchange rate. Exchange gains or losses arising from foreign currency transactions are included in the determination of net income (loss) for the respective periods. Translation adjustments are included in the accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income.

The exchange rates used for foreign currency translation were as follows (USD$1 = RMB):

 

 

 

 

 

 







Period Covered

 

Balance Sheet Date Rates

 

Average Rates

 







Six months ended June 30, 2010

 

6.8086

 

6.8347

 

Six months ended June 30, 2011

 

6.4716

 

6.5465

 

SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

The Company recognizes share-based compensation based on grant date fair value of the award. The Company recognizes compensation cost for an award with only service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in-substances, multiple awards.

SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the chief executive officer of the Company who reviews financial information of separate operating segments based on US GAAP. The chief operating decision maker now reviews results analyzed by service line. This analysis is only presented at the revenue level with no allocation of direct or indirect costs. Consequently, the Company has determined that it has only one operating segment.

RECLASSIFICATION

Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements for the prior year have been reclassified to conform to the presentation of the current year for the comparative purposes.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock, common stock equivalents and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during each period. At June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no common stock equivalents that could potentially dilute future earnings per share.

7


NOTE 3 - ADVANCES TO SUPPLIERS

Advances to suppliers represent amounts prepaid for advertising, network, rent, store construction and decoration:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

Advance for advertising and printing

 

$

4,391,831

 

$

3,466,970

 

Advance for network service

 

 

3,406,629

 

 

2,304,492

 

Others

 

 

1,198,903

 

 

2,717,289

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

8,997,363

 

$

8,488,751

 

 

 



 



 

NOTE 4 – SHAREHOLDER ADVANCES

Shareholder advances represent the money provided to one shareholder and executive and were used for the Company’s operation. During the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, the advances were paid to the shareholders and executives at amounts of $94,961 and $0, respectively; and the repayments to the Company were amounted to $164,783 and $0, respectively.

NOTE 5 - INCOME TAXES

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands, and is not subject to tax on income or capital gain under the current laws of the Cayman Islands. In addition, upon payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax is imposed. The Company’s other subsidiaries are subject to income tax as described below.

British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)

Under the current laws of BVI, our BVI subsidiaries are not subject to tax on income or capital gain. In addition, payments of dividends by our BVI subsidiaries to their shareholders are not subject to withholding tax in the BVI.

PRC

Prior to January 1, 2008, the Company was governed by the previous Income Tax Law (the “Previous Tax Law”) of China. Under the Previous Tax Law, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries, Tsingda Management, Tsingda Century and Tsingda network, were entitled various preferential tax treatments.

On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress passed the new Enterprise Income Tax law (the “new EIT law”) which imposes a single income tax rate of 25% for most domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises. The new EIT law was effective as of January 1, 2008. The new EIT law provides a five-year transition period from its effective date for those enterprises which were established before March 16, 2007 and which were entitled to a preferential lower tax rate under the then effective tax laws or regulations, as well as grandfathering tax holidays. Further, according to the new EIT law, entities that qualify as “High and New Technology Enterprises” are entitled to the preferential EIT rate of 15%. Tsingda Century has received approval for the status as a “High and New Technology Enterprises”. The status is valid for three years starting from June 2009 and will be renewed after evaluation by relevant government authorities every three years. Further, on December 26, 2007, the PRC government passed the detailed implementing rules which allow enterprises to continue to enjoy their unexpired tax holiday under the previous income tax laws and rules. As a result, under the new EIT law, Tsingda Century’s tax rate are 15% for the calendar years from 2010 to 2012 and subject to renewal of the status of “High and New Technology Enterprises” after calendar year 2012; and Tsingda Network and Tsingda School’s tax rates are 25%. Tsingda Management’s tax rates are 22% and 24% for 2010 and 2011 and 25% thereafter.

The provision for taxes on earnings consisted of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

June 30,
2011

 

June 30,
2010

 

June 30,
2011

 

June 30,
2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

PRC Enterprise Income Tax

 

$

326,303

 

$

449,817

 

$

729,509

 

$

784,775

 

United States Federal Income Tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Income tax, net

 

$

326,303

 

$

449,817

 

$

729,509

 

$

784,775

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

8


A reconciliation between the income tax computed at the U.S. statutory rate and the Company’s provision for income tax is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

June 30,
2011

 

June 30,
2010

 

June 30,
2011

 

June 30,
2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Federal income tax statutory rate

 

 

35

%

 

35

%

 

35

%

 

35

%

PRC Statutory rate (25%) difference

 

 

-10

%

 

-10

%

 

-10

%

 

-10

%

Preferential tax rate

 

 

-10

%

 

-10

%

 

-10

%

 

-10

%

Share-based compensation cost

 

 

30

%

 

 

 

6

%

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Effective tax rate

 

 

45

%

 

15

%

 

21

%

 

15

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

The tax effect of temporary differences that gives rise to significant portions of the deferred income tax assets are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

226,727

 

$

382,758

 

 

 



 



 

Deferred tax assets, total

 

$

226,727

 

$

382,758

 

 

 



 



 

NOTE 6 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

On April 29, 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Board of Directors may grant ordinary shares and stock options to its employees. The Company granted 900,000 ordinary shares to three executives with no cost and granted one executive 100,000 non-qualified stock options to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s ordinary shares at an exercise price of $2 per share. The stock options vest over a term of 5 years.

The fair value of the ordinary shares was estimated on the date of issuance. The amount of compensation cost recognized for the shares issued were $1,440,000 and $0 and were recorded in the general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Company uses the Black-Sholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of its stock options. The fair value of stock options was estimated on the date of grant. Valuation assumptions used in the Black-Sholes option-pricing model for stock options granted include (1) discount rate of 2.13% based upon United States 5- year Treasury yields in effect at the time of the grant; (2) expected term of 5 years; (3) expected volatility of 51% and (4) zero expected dividends. The calculated fair value of the options was $0.63 per share. No stock options were exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2011. The amount of compensation cost recognized for the options granted were $2,116 and $0 and were recorded in the general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

No income tax benefit was recognized in the income statement for the share shares and stock options as such compensation expenses were recorded and incurred by Tsingda eEDU Corporation, a Cayman Island incorporated entity.

NOTE 7 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On July 12, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) with AMI Corporation (“AMI” or the “Purchaser”). Under this Agreement, the Company sold 3,000,000 ordinary shares to the Purchaser at the price of $4.56 per share receiving total cash proceeds of $13,680,000.

On August 21, 2011, the Board of the directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase transaction in the amount of $6,187,500 to repurchase 1,875,000 shares of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares from Zhong Hui Rong (Fujian) Fund Ltd (“ZHR Fund”). In connection with the repurchase of such shares, ZHR Fund agreed to cancel 656,250 warrants held by ZHR Fund.

9


Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements, other than purely historical information, including estimates, projections, statements relating to our business plans, objectives, and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words “believes,” “project,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “strategy,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe-harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and are including this statement for purposes of complying with those safe-harbor provisions. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. Our ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse affect on our operations and future prospects on a consolidated basis include, but are not limited to: changes in economic conditions, legislative/regulatory changes, availability of capital, interest rates, competition, and generally accepted accounting principles. These risks and uncertainties should also be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Further information concerning our business, including additional factors that could materially affect our financial results, is included herein and in our other filings with the SEC. Readers of this Quarterly Report are strongly encouraged to review the risk factors relating to the Company which are set forth in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on October 12, 2010 and the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2010 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

On May 24, 2010, Compass Acquisition Corporation and its controlling shareholders entered into a share exchange agreement (“Share Exchange Agreement”) with Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co. Ltd., a British Virgin Islands business company (“ Tsingda Technology “), and its shareholders. On November 15, 2010, the Company’s shareholders approved the change of the Company’s name from “Compass Acquisition Corporation” to “Tsingda eEDU Corporation” and the name change is effective immediately following the shareholder’s approval.

Tsingda Technology owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Beijing Tsingda Century Management Consulting Ltd. (“Tsingda Management “), a wholly foreign owned enterprise incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”). On April 26, 2010, Tsingda Management entered into a series of contractual agreements with Beijing Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co. Ltd (“ Tsingda Education “), a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC, and its shareholders, in which Tsingda Management effectively assumed management of the business activities of Tsingda Education. Beijing Tsingda Century Network Technology Co. Ltd., a PRC company, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tsingda Education. The contractual arrangements are comprised of a series of agreements, including a Consulting Services Agreement, Operating Agreement, Proxy Agreement, and Option Agreement, through which Tsingda Management has the right to advise, consult, manage and operate Tsingda Education for a quarterly fee in the amount of 100% of Tsingda Education’s quarterly, after tax net profits. Additionally, Tsingda Education’s shareholders have pledged their rights, titles and equity interest in Tsingda Education as security for Tsingda Management to collect consulting and service fees through an Equity Pledge Agreement. In order to further reinforce Tsingda Management’s rights to control and operate Tsingda Education, Tsingda Education’s shareholders have granted Tsingda Management the exclusive right and option to acquire all of their equity interests in Tsingda Education through the Option Agreement. As all of the companies are under common control, this structure has been accounted for as a reorganization of entities and the financial statements have been prepared as if the reorganization had occurred retroactively.

Tsingda Education, with its subsidiary Tsingda Network, is a leading offline and online provider of educational services in the PRC. It has established the largest chain of education centers in the PRC, known as “Tsingda Learning Centers.” These offline educational centers principally target elementary school students and consist mainly of franchised locations. As of June 30, 2011, it has approximately 2,496 learning centers nationwide. It also has developed a robust, interactive educational platform which allows students to search and subscribe to virtual classrooms offered by a wide range of teachers in the PRC.

Results of Operations (Unaudited) for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 Compared to Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

The following table sets forth key components of Tsingda Education’s results of operations for the periods indicated in dollars. The discussion following the table addresses these results.

10


Tsingda eEDU Corporation
(Formerly “Compass Acquisition Corporation”)
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(Stated in US dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

Sales revenue

 

$

8,861,189

 

$

5,616,047

 

$

17,090,536

 

$

9,467,108

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

2,931,294

 

 

739,339

 

 

5,133,295

 

 

1,458,130

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Gross Profit

 

 

5,929,895

 

 

4,876,708

 

 

11,957,241

 

 

8,008,978

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

 

 

2,617,754

 

 

988,690

 

 

4,362,302

 

 

1,562,132

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

2,567,683

 

 

1,007,747

 

 

4,166,404

 

 

1,332,640

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total operating expenses

 

 

5,185,437

 

 

1,996,437

 

 

8,528,706

 

 

2,894,772

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

744,458

 

 

2,880,271

 

 

3,428,535

 

 

5,114,206

 

Interest income

 

 

4,177

 

 

101,361

 

 

4,816

 

 

101,361

 

Other expenses

 

 

(19,785

)

 

 

 

(20,154

)

 

(885

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax

 

 

728,850

 

 

2,981,632

 

 

3,413,197

 

 

5,214,682

 

Income tax expenses

 

 

326,303

 

 

449,817

 

 

729,509

 

 

784,775

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net Income

 

$

402,547

 

$

2,531,815

 

$

2,683,688

 

$

4,429,907

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

546,971

 

 

127,567

 

 

636,941

 

 

129,714

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

 

$

949,518

 

$

2,659,382

 

$

3,320,629

 

$

4,559,621

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share, basic and diluted

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.17

 

Average number of weighted average shares, basic and diluted

 

 

34,352,939

 

 

25,400,553

 

 

34,043,122

 

 

25,400,553

 

The accompanying notes are an integrated part of these consolidated financial statements

11


Revenues. For the three months ended June 30, 2011, we had revenues of $8,861,189 as compared to revenues of $5,616,047 for the three months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of approximately 57.78%. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we had revenues of $17,090,536 as compared to revenues of $9,467,108 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of approximately 80.53%. We experienced strong growth in our revenues during the second quarter ended June 30, 2011. This growth is due to an increase in the number of franchise locations for the Company’s offline businesses, along with the continued growth of its online learning platform. As of June 30, 2011, we had 2,464 franchise locations and 32 company owned locations, compared with 2,225 franchise locations and three company owned locations respectively as of June 30, 2010. In addition, online revenues for six months ended June 30, 2011 increased to $2,929,007 from $478,032 for the comparable period in 2010. We launched our online virtual classroom platform in September 2008.

Expenses. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we incurred expenses, composed of selling and general and administrative expenses, of $8,528,706 compared with expenses of $2,894,772 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of approximately 194.62%. Moreover, for the three months ended June 30, 2011, we incurred expenses, composed of selling and general and administrative expenses, of $5,185,437 compared with expenses of $1,996,437 for the three months ended June 30, 2010, an increase of approximately 159.73%.

Selling expenses include salaries of our sales department and company owned learning centers, advertising, printing, logo manufacturing, transportation and others. For the three months ended June 30, 2011, we had selling expenses of $2,617,754 as compared to $988,690 for the comparable period of the prior year, an increase of 164.77% or $1,629,064. In addition, for the six months ended June 30, 2011, we had selling expenses of $4,362,302 as compared to $1,562,132 for the comparable period of the prior year, an increase of 179.25% or $2,800,170. The increase reflected the marketing efforts spent on two new business projects: the Family Baby Club and Huang Gang Supplementary Education Center, and the continued promotion for our online education platform. The Family Baby Club targets pre-school children from zero to six years old and Huang Gang Supplementary Education Center provides well-regarded supplementary education to high school students. Huang Gang is an area in Hubei, China and is famous for its nationally top-ranked high school and the excellent academic performance of its students. The Education Department of Huang Gang City has reached an agreement with the Company to establish supplemental tutoring programs throughout China started in May 2011.

Key components of selling expenses for the three month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended
June 30, 2011

 

Three months ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

$

411,664

 

$

110,344

 

Advertising

 

 

1,598,517

 

 

455,763

 

Printing

 

 

324,206

 

 

209,776

 

Shipping

 

 

63,646

 

 

40,798

 

Key components of selling expenses for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended
June 30, 2011

 

Six months ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

$

725,547

 

$

186,867

 

Advertising

 

 

2,462,080

 

 

961,749

 

Printing

 

 

662,274

 

 

242,293

 

Shipping

 

 

145,862

 

 

53,950

 

-Salaries and wages increase by approximately 273.07% and 288.27% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods. The increase represents an increase in our sales personnel at our headquarters consistent with our increased franchise sales and the establishment of two new business projects mentioned above.

-Advertising expenses increase by approximately 250.73% and 156% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods. Theses expenses represent third party print media costs related to new company-owned centers and the two new business projects, online platform, as well as our ongoing promotional efforts to attract new franchisees.

-Printing expenses increase by approximately 54.55% and 173.34% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods. These expenses represent internal costs for printing of our company newsletter and other promotional costs related to the enhancement of our brand name and increase in the numbers of newly owned locations, as well as the promotional materials of the two new business projects.

-Shipping Expenses increase by approximately 56% and 170.37% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods as a result of increasing sales activities.

General and administrative expenses include rent, salaries and wages, insurance, training and related expenses. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, we had general and administrative expenses of $2,567,683 and $4,166,404 respectively as compared to $1,007,747 and $1,332,640 respectively for the comparable period from the prior year.

Key components of general and administrative expenses for the three month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended
June 30, 2011

 

Three months ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office supplies

 

$

60,077

 

$

11,237

 

Salaries and wages

 

 

189,681

 

 

95,886

 

Entertainment expenses

 

 

84,379

 

 

11,941

 

Rent

 

 

78,157

 

 

61,298

 

Share-based compensation cost

 

 

1,442,116

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

187,107

 

 

146,450

 

Consulting fee

 

 

390,356

 

 

8,214

 

12


Key components of general and administrative expenses for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended
June 30, 2011

 

Six months ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office supplies

 

$

169,478

 

$

12,987

 

Salaries and wages

 

 

378,366

 

 

189,683

 

Entertainment expenses

 

 

438,827

 

 

17,404

 

Rent

 

 

302,778

 

 

146,569

 

Share-based compensation cost

 

 

1,442,116

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

367,766

 

 

293,184

 

Consulting

 

 

701,512

 

 

41,105

 


 

-Office supplies increased by 434.64% and 1,205% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods. The increase was to satisfy the needs of newly owned locations and the two new business projects as mentioned above.

 

-Salaries and wages increased by 97.82% and 99.47% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 period as the company hired more management personnel for newly owned locations and two new business projects.

 

-Entertainment expenses increased by 606.63% and 2,421.41% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 period as the company opened more stores and spent more efforts on market promotion during this period.

 

-Rent increased by 27.50% and 106.58% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 period. These expenses mainly come from the lease of the new Shijingshan Headquarter-Tsingda Century Plaza.

 

-The Company granted 3 executives 900,000 shares with no cost and 100,000 non-qualified stock options on April 29, 2011 pursuant to the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. The stock options are exercisable at $2 per share and vest over a term of 5 years. The Company valuates the fair value of the shares and stock options granted at the grant date using the Black-Sholes option-pricing model and the total cost of $1,442,116 was recorded in the three and six month period ended June 30, 2011 and $0 was recorded in the three and six month period ended June 30, 2010.

 

-Depreciation increased by 27.76% and 25.44% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods as the company bought more fixed assets for newly owned locations and two new business projects, Family Baby Club and Huanggang School.

 

-Consulting expenses increased by 4652.33% and 1606.63% respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from the comparable 2010 periods as the company engaged more third-party consulting services related to Finance, IT and HR in lines with the expansion of business.

Income Before Taxes. Income before taxes for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 was $728,850 and $3,413,197 respectively compared with $2,981,632 and $5,214,682 respectively for the comparable period of 2010.

Net Income. For the reasons discussed above, we had net income for three and six months ended June 30, 2011 of $402,547 and $2,683,688, respectively, compared with $2,531,815 and $4,429,907 respectively for the corresponding quarterly period in 2010. The first reason for the decrease in net income was the increase in selling expenses. The increase of $1,629,064 and $2,800,170 in selling expenses respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 was utilized to promote our online education platform and two new business projects to prepare for the summer vacation – generally the best season of the year for our business. We expect such expenditures will boost the Company’s revenue and net profits in the second half of the year. In addition, the decrease was partially due to our adoption of the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) under which the Board of Directors may issue shares and grant stock options to senior management. Under the Plan, 900,000 ordinary shares were issued to three key executives as of April 29, 2011 with no cost, and granted one executive 100,000 non-qualified stock options to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s ordinary shares at an exercise price of $2 per share, calculated based on the Black-Scholes pricing model. The calculated fair value of the options was $0.63 per share. The amount of compensation cost recognized for the options granted was $2,116 and recorded in the general and administrative expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2011. The amount of compensation cost recognized for the shares issued was $1,440,000 and recorded in general and administrative expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2011.

Other Comprehensive Income. We had other comprehensive income of $546,971 and $636,941 respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 compared with $127,567 and $129,714 respectively during corresponding 2010 periods as a result of foreign currency translation gain/loss.

Total Comprehensive Income. We had total comprehensive income of $949,518 and $3,320,629 respectively for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, representing a decrease of 64.30% and 27.17% from the comparable periods in 2010. The reason for the decrease is due to the various reasons stated above.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of June 30, 2011, we had working capital of $10,240,713 compared with working capital of $11,381,531 as of December 31, 2010. Changes in our working capital are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,
2011
(unaudited)

 

December 31,
2010
(audited)

 

Increase in
Working Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

$

21,132,988

 

 

21,174,491

 

 

(41,503

)

Total current liabilities

 

 

10,892,275

 

 

9,792,960

 

 

(1,099,315

)

Working Capital

 

$

10,240,713

 

 

11,381,531

 

 

(1,140,818

)

13


Our decrease in working capital is primarily attributable to the decrease in advances for leasehold improvements and the decrease in cash and cash equivalents of approximately $4,721,987 and $2,140,250 respectively. The decrease was reflected by an increase of $7,017,484 in the value of property, plant and equipment resulting from certain improvements to the new office building. The improvements to the new office building are a temporary factor on our working capital and such improvements will be completed in the third quarter of 2011. In addition, tax payable and account payable were increased by $1,241,349 and $853,047, respectively. While tax payable reflects the increase in revenue and business tax, account payable was increased due to the improvements of the new office building and our internet infrastructure environment.

Our primary uses of cash have been for selling and marketing expenses, employee compensation, and working capital. The main sources of cash have been revenues from franchisees and from our company owned locations.

We believe the following trends are reasonably likely to result in a material decrease in our liquidity over the near to long term:

 

 

 

 

An increase in working capital requirements to finance the growth of our company owned locations,

 

 

 

 

Addition of administrative and marketing personnel as the business grows,

 

 

 

 

Increases in advertising, public relations and sales promotions for our franchising efforts in new and existing markets,

 

 

 

 

Software development and the purchase of servers commensurate with student population growth, and

 

 

 

 

The cost of being a public company and the continued increase in costs due to governmental compliance activities.

The Company currently generates cash flow through operations which we believe will be sufficient to sustain current operations for at least the next twelve months.

Cash flows from operations are calculated based upon the local currencies using the average translation rate. As a result, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the statement of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheets.

The following summarizes the key components of our cash flows for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

3,911,568

 

$

3,205,579

 

Net cash consumed by investing activities

 

$

(4,886,992

)

$

1,481,451

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

 

$

 

Effect on cash of foreign exchange rates

 

$

168,915

 

$

(317,331

)

Net change in cash

 

$

(806,509

)

$

4,369,699

 

Cash Balance (Beginning of Period)

 

$

2,752,473

 

$

703,213

 

Cash Balance (End of Period)

 

$

1,945,964

 

$

5,071,486

 

14


The following summarizes the key components of our cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended
June 30

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

4,541,343

 

$

5,140,540

 

Net cash consumed by investing activities

 

$

(7,115,008

)

$

(526,514

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

420,000

 

$

 

Effect on cash of foreign exchange rates

 

$

13,415

 

$

241

 

Net change in cash

 

$

(2,140,250

)

$

4,614,267

 

Cash Balance (Beginning of Period)

 

$

4,086,214

 

$

457,219

 

Cash Balance (End of Period)

 

$

1,945,964

 

$

5,071,486

 

15


The net cash provided by operating activities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 were $3,911,568 and $4,541,343, respectively, compared with $3,205,579 and $5,140,540, respectively, for the comparable periods in 2010. The increase on the operating cash inflows primarily reflected the results of revenue increase and expenses of market promotion activities and the implementation of share incentive plan as mentioned above.

The net cash consumed by investing activities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 were $4,886,992 and $7,115,008 respectively, compared with $1,481,451 provided by the investing activities and $526,514 respectively for the comparable periods in 2010. The increase of cash consumed by investing activities was primarily due to the additions to the intangible assets which were primarily composed on line teaching software and materials and the purchase of property and equipments for new office location.

The net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $420,000 compared with zero for the six months ended June 30, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the retrieval of $420,000 from the escrow account.

The effect on cash of exchange rates was a gain of $168,915 and $13,415 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 respectively, compared with ($317,331)and $241 respectively for the comparable periods in 2010.

The difference between the closing balance of cash and cash equivalents for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 is due to the reasons mentioned above.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

There are no off-balance sheet arrangements between us and any other entity that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to stockholders.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We continually evaluate our estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, recovery of long-lived assets, income taxes, and the valuation of equity transactions. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Any future changes to these estimates and assumptions could cause a material change to our reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the financial statements

A summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. Management believes that the application of these policies on a consistent basis enables us to provide useful and reliable financial information about our operating results and financial condition. Other than as indicated in this quarterly report, there have been no material revisions to the critical accounting policies as filed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 with the SEC on March 11, 2011.

Variable Interest Entities

Pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46 (Revised), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities - an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46R”) we are required to include in our consolidated financial statements the financial statements of variable interest entities. FIN 46R requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss for the variable interest entity or is entitled to receive a majority of the variable interest entity’s residual returns. Variable interest entities are those entities in which we, through contractual arrangements, bear the risk of, and enjoy the rewards normally associated with ownership of the entity, and therefore we are the primary beneficiary of the entity.

Tsingda Education is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”), and we are the primary beneficiary. On April 26, 2010, we entered into agreements with Tsingda Education pursuant to which we shall receive a quarterly fee in an amount equal Tsingda Education’s quarterly, after tax net profits. In accordance with these agreements, Tsingda Education shall pay consulting fees equal to 100% of its quarterly, after tax net profits to our wholly-owned subsidiary, Tsingda Management, and Tsingda Management shall supply the technology and administrative services needed to service Tsingda Education.

16


The accounts of Tsingda Education are consolidated in the accompanying financial statements pursuant to FIN 46R. As a VIE, Tsingda Education’s sales are included in our total sales, its income from operations is consolidated with ours, and our net income includes all of Tsingda Education’s net income. We do not have any non-controlling interest and accordingly, did not subtract any net income in calculating the net income attributable to us. Because of the contractual arrangements, we have pecuniary interest in Tsingda Education that requires consolidation of Tsingda Education’s financial statements with our financial statements.

17



 

 

 

 

3,000,000 Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

 

 

TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

, 2011

 



PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses and Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of ordinary shares being registered. All amounts, other than the SEC registration fee, are estimates. We will pay all these expenses.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount to
Be
Paid

 

 

 


 

SEC Registration Fee

 

$

1,588.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printing Fees and Expenses

 

$

2,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees

 

$

1,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

$

500.00

 

 

 



 

Total

 

$

5,088.25

 

 

 



 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our articles of association provide for indemnification of our officers and directors for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own willful negligence or default.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

September 2010 Financing

On September 16, 2010, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (“Securities Purchase Agreement”) with certain accredited investors (“Investors”) pursuant to which we completed an offering (“Offering”) of units (“Units”) for total gross proceeds of $9,600,000. Each Unit is priced at $1.60 and consists of one (1) Ordinary Share, and a Series A Stock Purchase Warrant (“Warrants”) to purchase 35% of the number of Ordinary Shares purchased in the Offering. The initial Warrant exercise price is $2.08 per share and the Warrant term is five (5) years. The Warrant may be exercised on a cashless basis three (3) months after the Ordinary Shares are listed on a major stock exchange or other exchange or market described therein.

We entered into a Hold Back Escrow Agreement with Zhong Hui Rong (Fujian) Fund Ltd, (the “Lead Investor”) and an escrow agent under which we deposited $520,000 of the Offering proceeds with the escrow agent. Increments of the escrowed amount will be released to the Company upon the Company attaining the following respective milestones: (i) $120,000 upon engaging an investor relations firm reasonably acceptable to the lead Investor; (ii) $100,000 upon providing the lead Investor with evidence that is reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Investor indicating that Circular 75 filings have been approved by the PRC Government, (iii) $100,000 upon providing the Lead Investor with documentation demonstrating that the business license of Beijing Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co., Ltd. has been amended to clarify to the lead investor’s reasonable satisfaction that the VIE Subsidiaries are properly authorized to engage in its current business; and (vii) $200,000 upon providing the Lead Investor with written confirmation that (a) an independent accounting firm reasonable satisfactory to the Lead Investor has been engaged, and (b) a law firm reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Investor has been retained in connection with our initial public offering. If on June 30, 2011, any portion of the escrowed amount remains in escrow as a result of our failure to satisfy any of the milestones, then the Lead Investor can cause the release of the balance of the escrowed amount to the Investors, on a pro rata basis. As of the date hereof, the $100,000 remains in escrow subject to the Company’s satisfaction of approval from the PRC Government on Circular 75 filings.

In connection with the Offering, our largest shareholder, Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co., Ltd., a Belize corporation, placed preferred shares equal to 6,000,000 Ordinary Shares in escrow on a post three-for-one split basis (the “Escrow Shares”) and agreed to transfer the Escrow Shares, in whole or in part as described below, to the Investors on a pro rata basis in the event that we do not meet certain performance targets for our fiscal years ending December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011.

II-1


If the Company’s net income for fiscal year 2011 is less than $13,500,000, the escrow agent shall transfer to the investors of our 2010 private placement, on a pro-rata basis, an amount of Escrow Shares equal to the percentage of variation from the 2011 performance threshold times the total number of Escrow Shares. Any Escrow Shares remaining will be returned to the Company’s largest shareholder. Net income is as defined under United States generally accepted accounting principles, provided, however, that net income as used for these purposes for each of fiscal years 2010 and 2011 shall be increased by any cash or non-cash charges incurred (i) as a result of the financing, including without limitation, as a result of the issuance, exercise or any anti-dilution adjustment of the Warrants and (ii) as a result of the release of the Escrow Shares pursuant to the terms of the Securities Escrow Agreement.

We also entered into a Founding Shareholder Lock-Up Agreement with our largest shareholder pursuant to which the shareholder agreed to restrict the transfer of its Ordinary Shares for 12 months from the listing date on any of: the NYSE, any tier of the NASDAQ Stock Market, or the NYSE Amex (“Listing Date”), except that during the lock up period, such shareholder may transfer an amount up to 5% of the Ordinary Shares held by such shareholder. We also entered into a Six Month Lock Up Agreement with various other shareholders pursuant to which these shareholders agreed to restrict the transfer of their respective shares in the Company for 6 months from the Listing Date, except that during the lock up period, each of these shareholders may transfer an amount up to 5% of the Ordinary Shares held by such shareholder. Finally, we entered into Initial Shareholder Lock-Up Agreements with certain other shareholders pursuant to which these shareholders agreed to restrict the transfer of their shares in the Company for nine (9) months from the Listing Date, except that during the (i) initial 6 months of the lock up period, each of these shareholders may transfer an amount up to 5% of the Ordinary Shares held by such shareholder, and (ii) final three months of the lock up period, each of these shareholders may transfer an amount up to 20% of the Ordinary Shares held by such shareholder.

Placement Agent

Maxim Group, LLC (“Maxim”), a FINRA broker/dealer, acted as our placement agent in connection with the Offering. On March 12, 2010, Beijing Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co., Ltd., our variable interest entity, entered into an exclusive placement agent agreement, as amended, with Maxim which had a term through October 31, 2010. Since the initial term is now completed, either party may terminate the agreement with 30 days advance notice. Maxim received an effective cash commission of $411,000 (or approximately 4.3% of the proceeds of the Offering) and warrants equal to 4.5% of the number of Ordinary Shares sold in the Offering (or 364,500 Ordinary Shares). The warrant term is five years and is exercisable at any time beginning on March 16, 2011. The exercise price is $110% of the offering price of the Units (or $1.76). We are required to register the Maxim warrants. We also agreed to indemnify Maxim against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In addition, we reimbursed Maxim for $25,000 as reasonable out of pocket expenses.

July 2011 Financing

On July 12, 2011, Tsingda eEdu Corporation (the “Company”) entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “July Securities Purchase Agreement”) with AMI Corporation (“AMI”) pursuant to which the Company completed an offering (the “July Offering”) of 3,000,000 ordinary shares (the “Ordinary Shares”) at a price of $4.56 per share for total gross proceeds of $13,680,000.

The issuance of the Ordinary Shares to AMI is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to Regulation S thereof. The Company made this determination based on the representation of Investor that the Investor is not a “U.S. person” as that term is defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, and that AMI is acquiring the Ordinary Shares for investment purposes for its own account and not as nominees or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof, and that the Investor understood that the Ordinary Shares may not be sold or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption therefrom.

Under the July Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to file an initial registration statement to register the Ordinary Shares for resale in a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 45 days from the initial closing, and to make such registration statement effective within 180 days from the initial closing. The filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is intended to satisfy our obligations under the July Securities Purchase Agreement.

On August 21, 2011, the our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase transaction in the amount of $6,187,500 to repurchase 1,875,000 of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares from Zhong Hui Rong (Fujian) Fund Ltd. The repurchase occured in a privately negotiated transaction, as there currently is no public trading market for the Company’s ordinary shares. In connection with the repurchase of such shares, Zhong Hui Rong (Fujian) Fund Ltd. agreed to cancel 656,250 warrants held by Zhong Hui Rong (Fujian) Fund Ltd.

II-2


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Beijing, China, on the 31st day of August 2011.

 

 

 

 

TSINGDA EEDU CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Zhang Hui

 

 


 

 

Zhang Hui President, Chief Executive Officer,

 

 

(principal executive officer)

 

 

and Chairman of the Board of Directors

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Zhang Hui, and each of them individually, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Title

 

Date


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Zhang Hui

 

President, Chief Executive Officer

 

 


 

(principal executive officer) and

 

August 31, 2011

Zhang Hui

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Liu Juntao

 

Executive Vice President and Director

 

August 31, 2011


 

 

 

 

Liu Juntao

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kang Chungmai

 

Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

 

August 31, 2011


 

(principal accounting officer)

 

 

Kang Chungmai

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Norm Klein

 

Director

 

August 31, 2011


 

 

 

 

Norm Klein

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Bolocan

 

Director

 

August 31, 2011


 

 

 

 

David Bolocan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bi Cheng

 

Director

 

August 31, 2011


 

 

 

 

Bi Cheng

 

 

 

 

II-3


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit
No.

 

 

Description

 


 

 


 

3.1

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.(1)

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended Memorandum of Association of the Company.(2)

 

 

 

3.3

 

Memorandum of and Articles of Association of Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co. Ltd.(3)

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Warrant.(5)

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of Placement Agent Warrant.(5)

 

 

 

4.3

 

2011 Equity Incentive Plan.(12)

 

 

 

5.1

 

Opinion of Stuarts Walker Hersant, Attorneys at Law, regarding legality of shares. (10)

 

 

 

5.2

 

Opinion of Shu Jin Law Firm (8)

 

 

 

10.1

 

Consulting Services Agreement dated April 26, 2010(3)

 

 

 

10.2

 

Operating Agreement dated April 26, 2010(3)

 

 

 

10.3

 

Option Agreement dated April 26, 2010(3)

 

 

 

10.4

 

Voting Rights Proxy Agreement dated April 26, 2010(3)

 

 

 

10.5

 

Equity Pledge Agreement dated April 26, 2010(3)

 

 

 

10.6

 

Share Exchange Agreement dated May 24, 2010 by and among Compass Acquisition Corporation and its controlling shareholders, and Tsing Da Century Education Technology Co. Ltd. and its shareholders (4)

 

 

 

10.7

 

Securities Purchase Agreement dated September 16, 2010 by and among the Company and certain investors.(5)

 

 

 

10.8

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated September 16, 2010 by and among the Company and certain investors.(5)

 

 

 

10.10

 

Holdback Escrow Agreement dated September 16, 2010, by and among the Company, Zhong Hui Rong (Fujian) Fund, Ltd. and Collateral Agents, LLC.(5)

 

 

 

10.11

 

Six Month Lock-Up Agreement dated September 16, 2010 by and among the Company and certain shareholders.(5)

 

 

 

10.12

 

Initial Shareholder Lock-Up Agreement dated September 16, 2010 by and among the Company and certain shareholders.(5)

 

 

 

10.13

 

Initial Shareholder Lock-Up Agreement dated September 16, 2010 by and among the Company and Eastbridge Investment Group Corp.(5)

 

 

 

10.14

 

Founding Shareholder Lock-Up Agreement dated September 16, 2010 by and between the Company and Tsingda Century Education Technology Co. Ltd.(5)

 

 

 

10.15

 

Securities Escrow Agreement dated September 16, 2010 by and among the Company, Maxim Group, LLC, Tsing Da Century Technology Co. Ltd., and Collateral Agents, LLC.(5)

 

 

 

10.16

 

Agreement dated March 12, 2010 by and between Maxim Group, LLC and Beijing Tsingda Century Investment Consultant of Education Co., Ltd.(5)

 

 

 

10.17

 

Securities Purchase Agreement dated July 12, 2011 by and between the Company and AMI Corporation. (6)

 

 

 

10.17

 

Translation of Form of Franchise Agreement.(7)

 

 

 

10.18

 

Translation of Employment Agreement with Mr. Zhang.(7)

 

 

 

10.19

 

Services Agreement by and between the Company and Eastbridge Investment Group Corporation dated May 17, 2010.(11)

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries.(7)

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Jeffrey & Company.(10)

 

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of Malone & Bailey LLP.(10)

 

 

 

23.3

 

Consent of Stuarts Walker Hersant, Attorneys at Law, included in Exhibit 5.1.(7)

 

 

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included in the signature page of the Registration Statement on this Form S-1

 

 

 

99.1

 

Index of Tsingda Courses (9)

99.2

 

Addresses of Company-owned learning centers (8)


 

(1) Incorporated herein by reference to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on December 4, 2006.

 

(2) Incorporated herein by reference to the Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on May 15, 2008.

 

(3) Incorporated herein by reference to the Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 28, 2010.

 

(4) Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K/A Current Report filed on June 3, 2010.

 

(5) Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K Current Report filed on September 23, 2010.

 

(6) Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K Current Report filed on July 26, 2011.

 

(7) Incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-169877) filed on October 12, 2010.

 

(8) Incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on December 28, 2010.

 

(9) Incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-169877) filed on December 3, 2010.

(10) Filed Herewith

(11) Incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-170885) filed on January 4, 2011.

(12) Incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-174576) filed on May 27, 2011.

II-4